长部16经/般涅槃大经(大品[第二])

如是我闻。一时，世尊住在王舍城的灵鹫山。当时，摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子想要征伐跋耆国。他说："我要灭掉这些如此强大、如此有力的跋耆人，我要摧毁跋耆人，我要让跋耆人遭受灾难。"

于是摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子对大臣雨势婆罗门说："婆罗门，你去见世尊，到了之后，以我的名义顶礼世尊双足，问候世尊少病少恼、轻安、有力、安住。并说：'大德，摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子顶礼世尊双足，问候少病少恼、轻安、有力、安住。'并且说：'大德，摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子想要征伐跋耆国。他说：我要灭掉这些如此强大、如此有力的跋耆人，我要摧毁跋耆人，我要让跋耆人遭受灾难。'然后把世尊的回答好好记住告诉我。因为如来不说虚妄话。"

雨势婆罗门回答道："好的，陛下。"他准备好良车，登上良车，从王舍城出发前往灵鹫山。车子能走的地方就坐车，不能走的地方就下车步行到世尊那里。到了之后，与世尊互相问候。问候完毕后坐在一旁。坐下后，雨势婆罗门对世尊说："乔达摩尊者，摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子顶礼尊者双足，问候少病少恼、轻安、有力、安住。摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子想要征伐跋耆国。他说：'我要灭掉这些如此强大、如此有力的跋耆人，我要摧毁跋耆人，我要让跋耆人遭受灾难。'"

【不退法：】

那时，阿难尊者站在世尊身后为世尊扇凉。世尊对阿难尊者说："阿难，你听说过跋耆人经常集会、频繁集会吗？"

"大德，我听说跋耆人经常集会、频繁集会。"

"阿难，只要跋耆人继续经常集会、频繁集会，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

阿难，你听说跋耆人和合集会、和合解散、和合处理政事吗？"

"大德，我听说跋耆人和合集会、和合解散、和合处理政事。"

"阿难，只要跋耆人继续和合集会、和合解散、和合处理政事，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

阿难，你听说跋耆人不制定未经制定的法规，不废除已经制定的法规，依照古老的跋耆法生活吗？"

"大德，我听说跋耆人不制定未经制定的法规，不废除已经制定的法规，依照古老的跋耆法生活。"

"阿难，只要跋耆人继续这样做，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

阿难，你听说跋耆人尊重、恭敬、尊崇、供养跋耆长老，并听从他们的意见吗？"

"大德，我听说跋耆人尊重、恭敬、尊崇、供养跋耆长老，并听从他们的意见。"

"阿难，只要跋耆人继续这样做，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

阿难，你听说跋耆人不以强力掳掠良家妇女和少女吗？"

"大德，我听说跋耆人不以强力掳掠良家妇女和少女。"

"阿难，只要跋耆人继续这样做，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

阿难，你听说跋耆人尊重、恭敬、尊崇、供养他们国内外的神庙，不减少过去已经供养的如法供品吗？"

"大德，我听说跋耆人尊重、恭敬、尊崇、供养他们国内外的神庙，不减少过去已经供养的如法供品。"

"阿难，只要跋耆人继续这样做，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

阿难，你听说跋耆人妥善保护阿罗汉，使未来的阿罗汉能来到他们的国土，已来的阿罗汉能安乐住吗？"

"大德，我听说跋耆人妥善保护阿罗汉，使未来的阿罗汉能来到他们的国土，已来的阿罗汉能安乐住。"

"阿难，只要跋耆人继续这样做，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。"

然后世尊对雨势婆罗门说："婆罗门，有一次我住在毗舍离的娑罗陀树下。那时我教导跋耆人这七种不退法。婆罗门，只要这七种不退法在跋耆人中存在，而且跋耆人遵循这七种不退法，那么跋耆人就只会兴盛，不会衰落。"

【比丘不退法：】

闻此，雨势婆罗门对世尊说："乔达摩尊者，即使只具备一种不退法，跋耆人也会兴盛而不会衰落，更何况是七种！所以，乔达摩尊者，摩揭陀王阿阇世是无法用武力征服跋耆人的，除非用离间计或内部瓦解。那么现在我要告辞了，我还有许多事务要处理。"

"婆罗门，你认为时候到了就请便。"于是雨势婆罗门欢喜赞叹世尊所说，起座离去。

然后世尊在雨势婆罗门离去不久后对阿难说："去吧，阿难，召集所有住在王舍城附近的比丘到集会堂。"

"是的，大德。"阿难应答后，就召集了所有住在王舍城附近的比丘到集会堂，然后去见世尊，顶礼后站在一旁，禀告说："大德，比丘僧团已经集合，请世尊认为时候到了。"

于是世尊前往集会堂，坐在准备好的座位上。坐下后对比丘们说："比丘们，我要为你们说七种不退法，要好好听，专心作意。"

"是的，大德。"比丘们回答。世尊说：

"比丘们，只要比丘们经常集会、频繁集会，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

比丘们，只要比丘们和合集会、和合解散、和合处理僧团事务，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

比丘们，只要比丘们不制定未经制定的戒律，不废除已制定的戒律，依循制定的学处而住，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

比丘们，只要比丘们尊重、恭敬、尊崇、供养那些长老比丘、久修行者、僧团的父母、僧团的领导者，并听从他们的意见，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

比丘们，只要比丘们不受后有之爱的影响，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

比丘们，只要比丘们乐住阿兰若处，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

比丘们，只要比丘们各自确立念住，使未来的善同梵行者能来，已来的善同梵行者能安乐住，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

比丘们，只要这七种不退法在比丘们中存在，而且比丘们遵循这七种不退法，那么比丘们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。"

"比丘们，我还要为你们说另外七种不退法，要好好听，专心作意。"

"是的，大德。"比丘们回答。世尊说：

"比丘们，只要比丘们：

- 不贪爱作务、不喜欢作务、不专注作务

- 不贪爱谈话、不喜欢谈话、不专注谈话  

- 不贪爱睡眠、不喜欢睡眠、不专注睡眠

- 不贪爱群聚、不喜欢群聚、不专注群聚

- 不生恶欲、不随恶欲转

- 不与恶友交往、不与恶伴来往、不与恶人结交 

- 不因证得小小殊胜而中途停止

他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

比丘们，只要这七种不退法在比丘们中存在，而且比丘们遵循这七种不退法，那么比丘们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。"

"比丘们，我还要为你们说另外七种不退法...只要比丘们具有信仰...具有惭愧心...具有愧惧心...多闻...精进...具念...具慧，他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。

只要这七种不退法在比丘们中存在，而且比丘们遵循这七种不退法，那么比丘们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。"

"比丘们，我还要为你们说另外七种不退法，要好好听，专心作意。"

"是的，大德。"比丘们回答。世尊说：

"比丘们，只要比丘们修习：

- 念觉支

- 择法觉支

- 精进觉支 

- 喜觉支

- 轻安觉支

- 定觉支

- 舍觉支

他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。"

"比丘们，我还要为你们说另外七种不退法，要好好听，专心作意。"

"是的，大德。"比丘们回答。世尊说：

"比丘们，只要比丘们修习：

- 无常想

- 无我想  

- 不净想

- 过患想

- 断想

- 离贪想

- 灭想

他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。"

"比丘们，我要为你们说六种不退法，要好好听，专心作意。"

"是的，大德。"比丘们回答。世尊说：

"比丘们：

只要比丘们在同梵行者面前或背后表现慈爱的身业

只要比丘们在同梵行者面前或背后表现慈爱的语业

只要比丘们在同梵行者面前或背后表现慈爱的意业

只要比丘们与持戒的同梵行者共享如法获得的利养，乃至钵中之食

只要比丘们与同梵行者共同持守无缺无漏、无瑕无疵、自在、智者称赞、不执著、导向定的戒律

只要比丘们与同梵行者共同持有能正确导向苦灭的圣见

他们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。只要这六种不退法在比丘们中存在，而且比丘们遵循这六种不退法，那么比丘们就只会兴盛，不会衰落。"

那时，世尊住在王舍城灵鹫山时，经常为比丘们作这样的法语："这就是戒，这就是定，这就是慧。戒具足的定有大果报大功德。定具足的慧有大果报大功德。慧具足的心完全从诸漏解脱，即：欲漏、有漏、无明漏。"

后来，世尊在王舍城住了适当的时间后，对阿难说："来吧，阿难，我们去安巴拉提卡。"

"是的，大德。"阿难回答。于是世尊与大比丘众一起去了安巴拉提卡，住在王家园林。在那里，世尊也常为比丘们作同样的法语。

然后世尊在安巴拉提卡住了适当时间后，对阿难说："来吧，阿难，我们去那烂陀。"

"是的，大德。"阿难回答。于是世尊与大比丘众一起去了那烂陀，住在波婆利芒果园。

此时，舍利弗来见世尊，顶礼后坐在一旁，说："大德，我如此深信世尊：过去、现在、未来没有任何沙门或婆罗门在正觉方面能超过世尊。"

"舍利弗，你说了很大的话，作了确定的狮子吼：'我如此深信世尊：过去、现在、未来没有任何沙门或婆罗门在正觉方面能超过世尊。'

舍利弗，你是否以心识遍知过去诸阿罗汉、正等正觉者：'这些世尊有如是戒，如是法，如是慧，如是住，如是解脱'？"

"不是的，大德。"

"那么，舍利弗，你是否以心识遍知未来诸阿罗汉、正等正觉者：'这些世尊将有如是戒，如是法，如是慧，如是住，如是解脱'？"

"不是的，大德。"

"那么，舍利弗，你是否以心识遍知现在我这阿罗汉、正等正觉者：'世尊有如是戒，如是法，如是慧，如是住，如是解脱'？"

"不是的，大德。"

"舍利弗，你既然没有以心识遍知过去、未来、现在诸阿罗汉、正等正觉者，为什么你说了这样大胆的话，作了确定的狮子吼呢？"

"大德，我虽然没有以心识遍知过去、未来、现在诸阿罗汉、正等正觉者，但我知道法的类比。大德，就像国王的边境城市，城墙坚固，城门坚固，只有一个城门。那里有一个聪明、能干、有智慧的守门人，阻挡陌生人，让熟人进入。他在城四周巡逻时看不到城墙有任何缝隙或洞口，甚至连猫能钻出的洞都没有。他想：'凡是体型较大的生物要进出这座城市，都必须从这个城门进出。'

同样的，大德，我知道法的类比：过去诸阿罗汉、正等正觉者都是断除五盖、心的随烦恼、慧的减损，善立心于四念处，如实修习七觉支而证得无上正等正觉。未来诸阿罗汉、正等正觉者也将如是。现在世尊也是断除五盖、心的随烦恼、慧的减损，善立心于四念处，如实修习七觉支而证得无上正等正觉。"

那时，世尊住在那烂陀波婆利芒果园时，也常为比丘们作这样的法语："这就是戒，这就是定，这就是慧。戒具足的定有大果报大功德。定具足的慧有大果报大功德。慧具足的心完全从诸漏解脱，即：欲漏、有漏、无明漏。"

世尊在那烂陀住了适当时间后，对阿难说："来吧，阿难，我们去巴陀离村。"

"是的，大德。"阿难回答。于是世尊与大比丘众一起去了巴陀离村。

巴陀离村的优婆塞们听说："世尊来到了巴陀离村。"他们就去见世尊，顶礼后坐在一旁，说："请世尊慈悲接受我们的休息处。"世尊以沉默表示接受。

优婆塞们知道世尊接受后，起座顶礼世尊，右绕后离去。他们去到休息处，将整个休息处铺设好座位，设置水罐，点燃油灯，然后去见世尊，说："休息处已经全部铺设好了，请世尊认为时候到了。"

【破戒过患与持戒功德：】

当时正是傍晚时分，世尊整理衣服，拿着衣钵与比丘众一起去到休息处。到了之后，洗足进入休息处，靠着中柱面向东方坐下。比丘众也洗足进入休息处，靠着西墙面向东方坐下，以世尊为首。优婆塞们也洗足进入休息处，靠着东墙面向西方坐下，以世尊为首。

然后世尊对巴陀离村的优婆塞们说："居士们，破戒失德有这五种过患。哪五种呢？

因为放逸而失去大财富

恶名声四处传播

无论走进任何集会——刹帝利集会、婆罗门集会、居士集会、沙门集会，都会不自在、羞愧

死时迷乱而死

身坏命终后生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱

居士们，这就是破戒失德的五种过患。

居士们，持戒具德有这五种功德。哪五种呢？

因为不放逸而获得大财富

善名声四处传播

无论走进任何集会，都会自信、无愧

死时不迷乱而死

身坏命终后生于善趣、天界

居士们，这就是持戒具德的五种功德。"

世尊用法语教导、激励、鼓舞、令巴陀离村的优婆塞们欢喜后，说："居士们，夜已深了，你们认为时候到了就请便。"

"是的，大德。"优婆塞们回答后，起座顶礼世尊，右绕而去。于是世尊进入空闲处。

那时，摩揭陀大臣雨势和孙陀罗正在巴陀离村建城，为了抵御跋耆人。当时有成千上万的神祇占据着巴陀离村的地方。在有大能力的神祇占据的地方，有大能力的王公大臣的心倾向于在那里建造住所。在有中等能力的神祇占据的地方，有中等能力的王公大臣的心倾向于在那里建造住所。在有微小能力的神祇占据的地方，有微小能力的王公大臣的心倾向于在那里建造住所。

世尊以清净超人的天眼看见这些神祇占据着巴陀离村的地方。于是世尊在深夜起来，对阿难说："阿难，谁在巴陀离村建城？"

"大德，摩揭陀大臣雨势和孙陀罗在建城，为了抵御跋耆人。"

"阿难，雨势和孙陀罗建城，就像与三十三天的天神商量过一样。我刚才以清净超人的天眼看见成千上万的神祇占据着巴陀離村的地方..."(重复前面的内容)

"阿难，只要有圣所在处，只要有商业往来，这将成为最主要的城市，名叫巴达利弗(华氏城)。但是阿难，巴达利弗将面临三种危险：火灾，水灾，或者内部分裂。"

当时，雨势和孙陀罗去见世尊。见面后互相问候，坐在一旁说："请乔达摩尊者明天与比丘僧团一起接受我们的供养。"世尊以沉默表示接受。他们知道世尊接受后，回去准备精美的饮食，然后派人通知世尊："时候到了，饭已备好。"

当时，世尊在上午时分，整理衣服，持钵与比丘僧团一起去雨势和孙陀罗的住处。到了后，坐在准备好的座位上。雨势和孙陀罗亲手以精美的饮食供养佛陀和比丘僧团，使他们满意。当世尊用完餐，放下钵后，他们取一低座坐在一旁。世尊用以下偈颂随喜他们：

"智者住在何处，

应以饮食供养，

持戒修梵行者。

此处若有诸天，

当以此施回向，

受敬重者回报， 

如母护爱子女。

为天神护佑者，

常得见吉祥事。"

世尊以这些偈颂随喜雨势和孙陀罗后，起座离去。

当时，雨势和孙陀罗紧随世尊其后，想："今天世尊从哪个门出去，那个门就叫做乔达摩门；从哪个渡口渡过恒河，那个渡口就叫做乔达摩渡口。"于是世尊出去的门就被命名为乔达摩门。

然后世尊来到恒河。那时恒河水涨满，水平与岸齐，乌鸦能饮到水。有些人在找船，有些人在找筏，有些人在扎竹筏，想要渡过恒河。世尊就像强壮的人伸直弯曲的手臂或弯曲伸直的手臂那样，在恒河此岸消失，出现在彼岸，与比丘僧团一起。

世尊看见那些人有的在找船，有的在找筏，有的在扎竹筏，想要渡过恒河。于是世尊知道这件事的意义，当时说出这个感兴偈：

"有人造桥渡水，

为避池泽泥沼；

众人结筏渡河，

智者已度彼岸。"

这是第一诵品。

【四圣谛之教：】

然后世尊对阿难说："来吧，阿难，我们去科提村。"

"是的，大德。"阿难回答。于是世尊与大比丘众一起去了科提村。在那里，世尊对比丘们说：

"比丘们，正是因为没有觉悟、没有通达四圣谛，所以你我长久以来在轮回中流转。是哪四谛呢？

- 由于没有觉悟、没有通达苦圣谛，你我长久流转

- 由于没有觉悟、没有通达苦集圣谛，你我长久流转

- 由于没有觉悟、没有通达苦灭圣谛，你我长久流转  

- 由于没有觉悟、没有通达导向苦灭之道圣谛，你我长久流转

现在这苦圣谛已被觉悟通达，苦集圣谛已被觉悟通达，苦灭圣谛已被觉悟通达，导向苦灭之道圣谛已被觉悟通达，有爱已被断除，导向生存的渴爱已尽，不再有后有。"世尊说了这些后，善逝又说：

"由于未如实见

这四种圣谛理

长久于诸有中 

流转轮回苦

既已见四谛

断除生有因

拔除苦之根

不再受后有"

世尊在科提村时也常为比丘们作这样的法语："这就是戒，这就是定，这就是慧。戒具足的定有大果报大功德。定具足的慧有大果报大功德。慧具足的心完全从诸漏解脱，即：欲漏、有漏、无明漏。"

【不还者与预流者：】

然后世尊在科提村住了适当时间后，对阿难说："来吧，阿难，我们去那提卡。"

"是的，大德。"阿难回答。于是世尊与大比丘众一起去了那提卡，住在砖房。

阿难来见世尊后说："大德，沙罗比丘在那提卡命终，他投生何处？难陀比丘尼...须达多优婆塞...须阇多优婆夷...鸡萨优婆塞...迦陵勃优婆塞...尼迦达优婆塞...迦提萨哈优婆塞...图达优婆塞...山督多优婆塞...巴达优婆塞...须巴达优婆塞在那提卡命终，他们投生何处？"

世尊回答："阿难，沙罗比丘已经在现世中证得诸漏已尽，无漏心解脱，慧解脱。难陀比丘尼已断五下分结，得到化生，将在那里般涅槃，不会从那世界回来。须达多优婆塞已断三结，贪、瞋、痴已薄，成为一来者，还要再来这世间一次就能作苦的边际。须阇多优婆夷已断三结，成为预流者，不堕恶道，决定趣向正觉..."(后面类似地说明其他人的证果情况)。

世尊还说："阿难，一个人死亡是常事。如果每一个死了的人，你都来问我他们的投生处，那对如来来说就是一种困扰。因此，阿难，我要教你'法镜法门'，持有这法门的圣弟子能够自己记说：'我已断除地狱道、畜生道、饿鬼道、恶趣、堕处，我是预流者，不堕恶道，决定趣向正觉。'"

【庵婆婆利女：】

后来，世尊从那提卡来到毗舍离城，住在庵婆婆利园中。当时庵婆婆利妓女听闻："世尊来到毗舍离，住在我的芒果园中。"她就准备好华丽的车驾，登上车离开毗舍离前往她的园林。车能行驶的地方就坐车，不能行驶时就步行到世尊那里。到了之后顶礼世尊，坐在一旁。

世尊用法语教导、开示、激励、使她欢喜。庵婆婆利妓女听闻法后对世尊说："请世尊明天与比丘僧团接受我的供养。"世尊以沉默表示接受。她知道世尊接受后，起座顶礼、右绕而去。

利差维族人们听说世尊来到毗舍离，就准备好华丽的车驾，登上车离开毗舍离。有的利差维族人身着蓝衣、蓝饰，有的身着黄衣、黄饰，有的身着红衣、红饰，有的身着白衣、白饰。

庵婆婆利在途中遇到这些年轻的利差维族人，她的车轮对着他们的车轮，车轴对着他们的车轴，车轭对着他们的车轭。利差维族人对她说："喂，庵婆婆利！你为什么让你的车轮对着我们年轻利差维族人的车轮？"

"因为我已经邀请了世尊明天与比丘僧团接受供养。"

"庵婆婆利，以十万金钱让给我们这次供养机会吧！"

"贵族们，即使你们给我整个毗舍离城和它的收入，我也不会让给你们这次供养机会。"

利差维族人就打了一个响指说："我们被这芒果女击败了！我们被这芒果女胜过了！"

他们继续前往庵婆婆利园。世尊远远看见他们来，就对比丘们说："比丘们，那些还没见过三十三天的比丘，你们看看利差维族的队伍吧！看看利差维族的队伍吧！观察利差维族的队伍吧！这利差维族的队伍就像三十三天一样。"

那些利差维族人乘车到能行驶的地方，然后下车步行到世尊那里。到了之后顶礼世尊，坐在一旁。世尊用法语教导、开示、激励、使他们欢喜。他们听闻法后对世尊说："请世尊明天与比丘僧团接受我们的供养。"

世尊回答说："我已经答应明天接受庵婆婆利的供养了。"

利差维族人又打了一个响指说："我们被这芒果女击败了！我们被这芒果女胜过了！"然后他们欢喜随喜世尊所说，起座顶礼、右绕而去。

【在竹林村安居：】

庵婆婆利在那天夜里在自己的园林准备了精美的饮食，然后派人通知世尊："时候到了，饭已备好。"

世尊在上午时分，整理衣服，持钵与比丘僧团一起去庵婆婆利的住处。到了后坐在准备好的座位上。庵婆婆利亲手以精美的饮食供养佛陀和比丘僧团。当世尊用完餐，放下钵后，她取一低座坐在一旁，说："世尊，我把这个园林供养给以佛陀为首的比丘僧团。"世尊接受了这个园林。

世尊教导她、开示她、激励她、使她欢喜后起座离去。世尊在毗舍离住时也常为比丘们作这样的法语："这就是戒，这就是定，这就是慧。戒具足的定有大果报大功德。定具足的慧有大果报大功德。慧具足的心完全从诸漏解脱。"

后来，世尊在庵婆婆利园住了适当时间后，对阿难说："来吧，阿难，我们去竹林村。"

"是的，大德。"阿难回答。于是世尊与大比丘众一起去了竹林村。在那里，世尊对比丘们说："比丘们，你们可以在毗舍离周围，依照友谊、熟识、亲近关系去安居。我要在这竹林村安居。"

"是的，大德。"比丘们回答后，就依照友谊、熟识、亲近关系在毗舍离周围安居。世尊则在竹林村安居。

【世尊生病：】

在安居期间，世尊患了重病，生起剧烈的痛苦，濒临死亡。世尊正念正知地忍受这些痛苦，不受困扰。世尊想："如果我不告知侍者，不通知比丘僧团就入涅槃，这对我来说是不适当的。我应当以精进克服这个病，住持生命力。"于是世尊以精进克服病苦，住持生命力。世尊的病因此好转。

世尊康复后不久，从精舍出来，坐在精舍外准备好的座位上。阿难来见世尊，说："大德，我看到世尊安康，我看到世尊恢复。但是因为世尊生病，我的身体像醉酒一样，方向感都失去了，法也不能清晰明了。不过我还有一点安慰，就是世尊不会在没有对比丘僧团交代之前就入涅槃。"

世尊说："阿难，比丘僧团还能从我期待什么呢？我已经完全地、毫无保留地教导了法。如来对法没有'秘密教授'。若有人认为'我要领导比丘僧团'或'比丘僧团依止于我'，他才需要对比丘僧团有所交代。但如来没有这样的想法。我现在已经年老、衰迈，年龄已达八十。就像破旧的车子靠修补来维持一样，如来的身体也是靠修补来维持。阿难，只有当如来不作意一切相，以达到某些感受的止息，进入无相心定时，这时如来的身体才最安适。

因此，阿难，你们要以自己为洲，以自己为依归，不以他人为依归；以法为洲，以法为依归，不以他人为依归。阿难，比丘如何以自己为洲，以自己为依归，不以他人为依归；以法为洲，以法为依归，不以他人为依归呢？在此，比丘对身观身而住，精勤、正知、正念，调伏世间的贪忧。对受...对心...对法观法而住，精勤、正知、正念，调伏世间的贪忧。

阿难，现在或我般涅槃后，谁以自己为洲，以自己为依归，不以他人为依归；以法为洲，以法为依归，不以他人为依归，这些比丘将是我的最上弟子。"

【示相开悟：】

那时，世尊在上午时分，整理衣服，持钵入毗舍离托钵。托钵回来，用完餐后，对阿难说："阿难，拿坐具，我们去遮波罗塔，在那里度过下午。"

"是的，大德。"阿难拿着坐具跟随世尊。世尊到达遮波罗塔后，坐在准备好的座位上。阿难顶礼世尊后坐在一旁。

世尊对坐在一旁的阿难说："阿难，毗舍离很宜人，优提尼塔很宜人，瞿昙塔很宜人，七芒果塔很宜人，多子塔很宜人，娑罗塔很宜人，遮波罗塔很宜人。阿难，任何人修习、多修习四神足，使之成为车乘，作为基础，精勤修习，善自成就，他若愿意可以活一劫或更多。阿难，如来已修习、多修习四神足，使之成为车乘，作为基础，精勤修习，善自成就。因此如来若愿意，可以活一劫或更多。"

即使世尊给出如此明显的暗示和明显的指示，阿难还是没能理解。他没有请求世尊："请世尊住世一劫，请善逝住世一劫，为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，出于对世间的悲愍，为了人天的福利、利益、安乐。"这是因为他的心被魔罗所蒙蔽。

第二次...第三次，世尊给出同样的提示，但阿难仍然没有理解和请求。

【魔罗请求入灭：】

阿难离开不久后，魔罗来见世尊，说："世尊，请般涅槃吧！善逝，请般涅槃吧！现在正是世尊般涅槃的时候。世尊曾经说过：'恶者，我不会般涅槃，直到我的比丘弟子们善巧、受教、勇猛、多闻、持法、如法而行、正当而行、随法而行，学习了自己的师承后能够宣说、教导、建立、开显、分别、解释，能够以法降伏起来的异论。'现在世尊的比丘弟子们都已经具备这些条件...请世尊般涅槃吧！"

【魔罗继续说：】

"世尊，您也曾说过：'恶者，我不会般涅槃，直到我的比丘尼弟子们...优婆塞弟子们...优婆夷弟子们都善巧、受教、勇猛、多闻、持法、如法而行...能够以法降伏起来的异论。'现在世尊的所有弟子都已经具备这些条件。

世尊，您还说过：'恶者，我不会般涅槃，直到我的梵行在这里兴盛、广大、普及、广传、善说、为人天所知。'现在世尊的梵行已经兴盛、广大、普及、广传、善说、为人天所知。请般涅槃吧！现在正是世尊般涅槃的时候。"

【舍寿：】

世尊回答说："恶者，你放心吧。如来的般涅槃不会太久了。从今天起三个月后，如来将要般涅槃。"

于是世尊在遮波罗塔，正念正知地舍弃了寿命。当世尊舍寿时，发生了大地震，令人恐惧、令人毛骨悚然，天鼓也自鸣。世尊知道这个意义后，说出这个感兴偈：

"有为无为及生命，

牟尼舍弃诸行聚；

内心安乐入三昧，

如破甲胄断自有。"

【地震因缘：】

这时阿难想："真是稀有！真是未曾有！这是一次大地震，一次非常大的地震，令人恐惧、令人毛骨悚然，天鼓也自鸣。是什么原因、什么因缘，导致这次大地震呢？"

于是阿难来见世尊，请问地震的原因。

世尊回答说："阿难，有八种原因、八种因缘会导致大地震。是哪八种呢？

阿难，这大地安住在水上，水安住在风上，风依于虚空。有时大风吹动，水随之动摇，水动摇则地随之动摇。这是第一个导致大地震的原因和因缘。

阿难，当有沙门、婆罗门具有神通力、心得自在，或有大神力、大威德的天神，他们修习少地想而广修水想时，能使大地震动、摇动、剧烈震动。这是第二个原因。

当菩萨从兜率天下降，正念正知地入母胎时，大地震动。这是第三个原因。

当菩萨正念正知地从母胎出生时，大地震动。这是第四个原因。

当如来证得无上正等正觉时，大地震动。这是第五个原因。

当如来转无上法轮时，大地震动。这是第六个原因。

当如来正念正知地舍寿时，大地震动。这是第七个原因。

当如来入无余涅槃时，大地震动。这是第八个原因。

阿难，这就是导致大地震的八种原因和八种因缘。"

【八众：】

"阿难，有八种众。哪八种呢？刹帝利众、婆罗门众、居士众、沙门众、四大王天众、三十三天众、魔众、梵众。我记得曾经去过数百个刹帝利众会。在那里，我曾与他们共坐、共谈、共论。我的肤色与他们的肤色相同，我的声音与他们的声音相同。我用法语教导他们、开示、激励、使他们欢喜。当我说话时，他们不知道'这是谁在说话？是天神还是人？'我用法语教导、开示、激励、使他们欢喜后就消失不见。他们也不知道'这是谁消失了？是天神还是人？'"

"我也记得去过数百个婆罗门众...居士众...沙门众...四大王天众...三十三天众...魔众...梵众。在那里，我曾与他们共坐、共谈、共论。我的肤色与他们的肤色相同，我的声音与他们的声音相同。我用法语教导他们、开示、激励、使他们欢喜。当我说话时，他们不知道'这是谁在说话？是天神还是人？'我用法语教导、开示、激励、使他们欢喜后就消失不见。他们也不知道'这是谁消失了？是天神还是人？'阿难，这就是八众。"

【八胜处和八解脱：】

"阿难，有八种胜处。是哪八种呢？

内有色想，外观少量色，美的或丑的。胜解这些色后，认为'我知我见'。这是第一胜处。

内有色想，外观无量色，美的或丑的。胜解这些色后，认为'我知我见'。这是第二胜处。

内无色想，外观少量色，美的或丑的。胜解这些色后，认为'我知我见'。这是第三胜处。

内无色想，外观无量色，美的或丑的。胜解这些色后，认为'我知我见'。这是第四胜处。

内无色想，外观青色、青显、青光的色。如优钵罗华，青色、青显、青光；或如波罗捺布，两面磨光，青色、青显、青光。同样地，内无色想，外观青色、青显、青光的色。胜解这些色后，认为'我知我见'。这是第五胜处。

(同样的模式继续描述黄色、红色、白色的第六、七、八胜处)

这就是八种胜处。"

"阿难，有八种解脱。是哪八种呢？

有色观色，这是第一解脱。

内无色想而观外色，这是第二解脱。

专注于'净'，这是第三解脱。

完全超越色想，灭除有对想，不作意种种想，达到'空无边处'，这是第四解脱。

完全超越空无边处，达到'识无边处'，这是第五解脱。

完全超越识无边处，达到'无所有处'，这是第六解脱。

完全超越无所有处，达到'非想非非想处'，这是第七解脱。

完全超越非想非非想处，达到'想受灭'，这是第八解脱。

这就是八种解脱。"

【为何决定入灭：】

"阿难，我初成正觉时，曾在乌鲁维罗的尼连禅河边、阿阇波罗尼拘律树下住。那时魔罗来见我说：'世尊，请现在就般涅槃吧！善逝，请现在就般涅槃吧！现在正是世尊般涅槃的时候。'

我回答说：'恶者，我不会般涅槃，直到我的比丘弟子们...比丘尼弟子们...优婆塞弟子们...优婆夷弟子们都善巧、受教、勇猛、多闻、持法、如法而行、正当而行、随法而行，学习了自己的师承后能够宣说、教导、建立、开显、分别、解释，能够以法降伏起来的异论。直到我的梵行在这里兴盛、广大、普及、广传、善说、为人天所知，我都不会般涅槃。'

今天在遮波罗塔，魔罗又来对我说同样的话。我告诉他：'恶者，你放心吧。从今天起三个月后，如来将要般涅槃。'今天，我在遮波罗塔正念正知地舍弃了寿命。"

【阿难的请求：】

听到这些话，阿难对世尊说："请世尊住世一劫，请善逝住世一劫，为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，出于对世间的悲愍，为了人天的福利、利益、安乐。"

世尊说："够了，阿难，不要请求如来了。现在请求如来已经太迟了。"

阿难第二次...第三次重复请求。

世尊说："阿难，你相信如来的觉悟吗？"

"是的，大德。"

"那么，阿难，为什么你要一再烦扰如来呢？"

"大德，我亲自从世尊处听说：'任何人修习、多修习四神足，使之成为车乘，作为基础，精勤修习，善自成就，他若愿意可以活一劫或更多。如来已修习、多修习四神足...如来若愿意，可以活一劫或更多。'"

"阿难，你相信吗？"

"是的，大德。"

"阿难，这是你的过失，这是你的错误。当如来给出如此明显的暗示和明显的指示时，你却没能理解，没有请求如来：'请世尊住世一劫，请善逝住世一劫，为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，出于对世间的悲愍，为了人天的福利、利益、安乐。'如果你那时请求，如来可能会拒绝两次，但第三次会接受。因此，阿难，这是你的过失，这是你的错误。"

"阿难，有一次我在王舍城的灵鹫山。那时我也对你说过：'阿难，王舍城很宜人，灵鹫山很宜人。任何人修习、多修习四神足...如来若愿意，可以活一劫或更多。'即使那时我给出如此明显的暗示，你也没有理解...这是你的过失，这是你的错误。

我在王舍城的其他地方也说过同样的话：在瞿昙尼拘律树下...在盗贼崖...在韦婆罗山侧的七叶窟...在黑石山侧...在蛇池边的斜崖...在温泉林...在竹林精舍...在耆婆芒果园...在鹿子母讲堂。在这些地方我都对你说：'阿难，这些地方都很宜人...如来若愿意，可以活一劫或更多。'但你都没有理解...这是你的过失，这是你的错误。"

"阿难，在毗舍离的优提尼塔...瞿昙塔...七芒果塔...多子塔...娑罗塔...今天在遮波罗塔，我也都对你说过同样的话。阿难，我早就说过：'一切可爱、可意的事物都会变化、分离、改变。'怎么可能使已生、已有、有为、必坏之法不坏呢？这是不可能的。

阿难，如来已经舍弃、吐出、释放、断除、捨离了寿行。如来已经明确地说：'不久后如来将要般涅槃。三个月后，如来将要般涅槃。'如来不可能为了活命而收回这些话。来吧，阿难，我们去大林重阁讲堂。"

"是的，大德。"阿难回答。

于是世尊与阿难一起去了大林重阁讲堂。到达后，世尊对阿难说："去吧，阿难，召集所有住在毗舍离附近的比丘到集会堂。"

"是的，大德。"阿难召集了所有比丘后，回来告诉世尊："大德，比丘僧团已经集合，请世尊认为时候到了。"

世尊去到集会堂，坐在准备好的座位上，对比丘们说："因此，比丘们，我所教导的法，你们应当好好学习、修习、发展、多修习，使这梵行得以长久住世，为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，出于对世间的悲愍，为了人天的福利、利益、安乐。

是哪些法呢？就是：

- 四念处

- 四正勤

- 四神足

- 五根

- 五力

- 七觉支

- 八圣道

这些就是我所教导的法，你们应当好好学习、修习、发展、多修习，使这梵行得以长久住世，为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，出于对世间的悲愍，为了人天的福利、利益、安乐。"

然后世尊对比丘们说："比丘们，我告诫你们：诸行皆无常，应当精进不放逸。不久后如来将要般涅槃。从今天起三个月后，如来将要般涅槃。"说完这些话，善逝又说：

"我的年纪已经老迈，

我的寿命所剩无几，

我将舍弃你们而去，

我已为自己作依怙。

比丘们要不放逸，

具念、持戒地安住，

摄心、护念自心意，

善自调伏而精进。

谁在此法与律中，

不放逸地精进住，

舍离生死轮回后，

将能作苦的边际。"

【最后一瞥：】

第二天清晨，世尊整理衣服，持钵入毗舍离托钵。托钵回来，用完餐后，像大象回头一般回望毗舍离，对阿难说："阿难，这是如来最后一次看毗舍離了。来吧，阿难，我们去盘荼村。"

"是的，大德。"阿难回答。

于是世尊与大比丘众一起去了盘荼村。在那里，世尊对比丘们说：

"比丘们，正是因为没有觉悟、没有通达四圣谛，所以你我长久以来在轮回中流转。哪四谛呢？

- 苦圣谛

- 苦集圣谛

- 苦灭圣谛

- 导向苦灭之道圣谛

但现在这苦圣谛已被觉悟通达，苦集圣谛已被觉悟通达，苦灭圣谛已被觉悟通达，导向苦灭之道圣谛已被觉悟通达，有爱已被断除，导向生存的渴爱已尽，不再有后有。"世尊说了这些后，又说偈：

"由于未如实见此四圣谛，

长久流转于种种生中。

既已见此谛，断除生有因，

断尽苦之根，不再有后有。"

在盘荼村时，世尊也常为比丘们作这样的法语："这就是戒，这就是定，这就是慧。戒具足的定有大果报大功德。定具足的慧有大果报大功德。慧具足的心完全从诸漏解脱，即：欲漏、有漏、无明漏。"

"此时，世尊对比丘们说道：'诸比丘，现在我告诉你们，一切有为法都是无常的，你们要精进不懈。不久后如来将要入般涅槃。从现在起三个月后，如来将要般涅槃。'世尊说完这些话后，善逝又接着说：

'我的寿命已到尽头，生命所剩不多；

我将离开你们而去，我已为自己建立了归依。

比丘们啊！要精进、正念、持戒，

要守护好自己的心，保持正确的思维。 

在这法与律中，谁能精进不懈，

谁就能断除生死轮回，到达苦的尽头。'"

【这是第三诵分】

【象的回顾：】

"那时，世尊在清晨时分穿好衣服，拿着钵入毗舍离城化缘。在毗舍离城中化缘完毕，用完斋后，如象回头般地望着毗舍离城，对阿难尊者说：'阿难，这是如来最后一次看毗舍离城了。来吧，阿难，我们去般荼村。'阿难尊者回答说：'是的，世尊。'"

"于是世尊与众多比丘一起来到般荼村。世尊住在般荼村时，对比丘们说道：'诸比丘，由于不能觉悟和通达四法，所以你我长久以来一直在轮回中流转。是哪四法呢？

由于不能觉悟和通达圣戒，你我长久流转于轮回；

由于不能觉悟和通达圣定，你我长久流转于轮回；

由于不能觉悟和通达圣慧，你我长久流转于轮回；

由于不能觉悟和通达圣解脱，你我长久流转于轮回。

现在，诸比丘，这圣戒已被觉悟和通达，圣定已被觉悟和通达，圣慧已被觉悟和通达，圣解脱已被觉悟和通达。对有的渴爱已被断除，轮回之因已被灭尽，不再有来生了。'"

世尊说完这些话后，善逝又接着说：

"戒、定、慧与无上解脱，

这些法已被具德的乔达摩所觉悟。

佛陀通达了这些法，

为比丘们宣说了法。

导师已灭尽了苦，具有慧眼者已入般涅槃。"

世尊在般荼村时，经常对比丘们这样开示佛法：

"这是戒，这是定，这是慧。戒修习圆满能成就大果报、大利益的定；定修习圆满能成就大果报、大利益的慧；心通过慧的修习完全从诸漏中解脱，即从欲漏、有漏和无明漏中解脱。"

【四大教法：】

世尊在般荼村住了一段时间后，对阿难说："来吧，阿难，我们去象村、芒果村、阎浮村，然后去博伽城。"阿难回答说："是的，世尊。"于是世尊与众多比丘来到博伽城，住在阿难庙。

在那里，世尊对比丘们说："诸比丘，我要为你们说四大教法，请仔细听，认真思考。"比丘们回答说："是的，世尊。"世尊开示说：

"假如有一位比丘这样说：'贤友们，我亲自从佛陀那里听到并领受到这个法，这就是法，这就是律，这就是导师的教导。'对于这位比丘说的话，你们不应该赞同也不应该排斥。不赞同也不排斥后，应该仔细记住他说的每一个字，然后对照经藏检查，对照律藏比较。如果对照后发现，这些话既不见于经藏，也不合于律藏，那就应该得出结论：'这确实不是世尊说的，这位比丘理解错了。'因此应该舍弃。但如果对照后发现，这些话既见于经藏，也合于律藏，那就应该得出结论：'这确实是世尊说的，这位比丘理解得对。'这就是第一个大教法，你们应该记住。

【其他三个大教法：】

"再者，假如有比丘这样说：'在某处有一个僧团，有长老和领导，我从那个僧团那里听到并领受到这个法，这就是法，这就是律，这就是导师的教导。'对于这位比丘的话，你们不应该赞同也不应该排斥。同样要仔细记住每一个字，然后对照经藏和律藏。如果不符合经律，就应该得出结论：'这确实不是世尊说的，那个僧团理解错了。'因此应该舍弃。如果符合经律，就应该得出结论：'这确实是世尊说的，那个僧团理解得对。'这是第二个大教法。

再者，假如有比丘这样说：'在某处有很多长老比丘，他们多闻、精通教法、持守戒律、持守法规。我从那些长老那里听到并领受到这个法，这就是法，这就是律，这就是导师的教导。'同样要经过验证。如果不符合经律，就应该舍弃；如果符合经律，就应该接受。这是第三个大教法。

再者，假如有比丘这样说：'在某处有一位长老比丘，他多闻、精通教法、持守戒律、持守法规。我从那位长老那里听到并领受到这个法，这就是法，这就是律，这就是导师的教导。'同样要经过验证。如果不符合经律，就应该舍弃；如果符合经律，就应该接受。这是第四个大教法。诸比丘，这四大教法你们应该牢记。"

世尊在博伽城阿难庙时，经常对比丘们这样开示佛法："这是戒，这是定，这是慧。戒修习圆满能成就定，定修习圆满能成就慧，心通过慧的修习完全从诸漏中解脱，即从欲漏、有漏和无明漏中解脱。"

【铁匠子纯陀的故事：】

世尊在博伽城住了一段时间后，对阿难说："来吧，阿难，我们去波婆城。"阿难回答说："是的，世尊。"于是世尊与众多比丘来到波婆城，住在铁匠子纯陀的芒果园中。

铁匠子纯陀听说："世尊已来到波婆城，住在我的芒果园中。"于是他来到世尊处，礼敬后坐在一旁。世尊为他说法，开示、教导、鼓励、令他欢喜。纯陀听完法后对世尊说："请世尊接受我明天的供养，带领比丘僧团一起来。"世尊以沉默表示接受。

纯陀见世尊接受邀请后，起身礼敬、右绕世尊后离去。那天夜里，纯陀在自己家中准备了精美的硬食、软食，还准备了许多旃檀树菇，然后派人通知世尊说："时候到了，世尊，斋饭已备好。"

于是世尊在清晨时分穿好衣服，拿着钵与比丘僧团一起去纯陀家。到达后坐在准备好的座位上。坐定后，世尊对纯陀说："纯陀，你准备的旃檀树菇只供养我，其他食物供养比丘僧团。"纯陀答应说："是的，世尊。"于是他把旃檀树菇供养世尊，其他食物供养比丘僧团。

世尊对纯陀说："纯陀，剩下的旃檀树菇埋在地里。在这个有天神、魔罗、梵天的世界上，包括沙门、婆罗门、天人、世人中，我看不到有谁吃了它能很好地消化，只有如来可以。"纯陀答应说："是的，世尊。"于是把剩下的旃檀树菇埋在地里，然后回到世尊处坐在一旁。世尊为他说法，开示、教导、鼓励、令他欢喜后起身离去。

世尊食用了纯陀供养的食物后，生起了严重的病，患上了血痢，产生了剧烈的、致命的疼痛。但世尊正念正知地忍受着这些痛苦，没有怨言。然后世尊对阿难说："来吧，阿难，我们去拘尸那罗。"阿难回答说："是的，世尊。"

据说，吃了铁匠子纯陀的食物后，

贤者遭受剧烈的、致命的病痛。

吃了旃檀树菇后，

导师生重病，说："我要去拘尸那罗城。"

然后世尊离开大路，走到一棵树下，对阿难说："阿难，请为我四折叠袈裟，我疲倦了，要坐一会儿。"阿难回答说："是的，世尊。"于是四折叠袈裟。世尊坐下后对阿难说："阿难，请给我拿些水来，我渴了，要喝水。"

阿难回答说："世尊，刚才有五百辆车经过那里，水被车轮搅浑了，变得浑浊。但不远处有迦枳河，水清澈、甘甜、清凉、洁白，容易汲取，令人愉悦。世尊可以在那里喝水，也可以清凉身体。"

世尊第二次要求水喝，阿难仍然建议去迦枳河。世尊第三次要求说："阿难，请给我拿些水来，我渴了，要喝水。"

这时阿难回答说："是的，世尊。"就拿着钵去那条小河。奇妙的是，刚才还被车轮搅得浑浊的河水，在阿难接近时变得清澈、明净、不浑浊了。

阿难心想："真是奇妙啊！真是不可思议啊！如来有如此大神通力、大威德力。这条河刚才还浑浊不堪，我一走近就变得清澈、明净、不浑浊了。"

他用钵取水带回来对世尊说："真是奇妙啊，世尊！真是不可思议啊，世尊！如来有如此大神通力、大威德力...请世尊饮水吧，请善逝饮水吧。"于是世尊喝了水。

【末罗族子布库沙的故事：】

那时，阿罗罗·迦蓝的弟子末罗族子布库沙正从拘尸那罗往波婆城走。他看见世尊坐在一棵树下，就走过去礼敬后坐在一旁，对世尊说：

"真是奇妙啊，世尊！真是不可思议啊，世尊！出家人能保持如此平静的状态。从前，阿罗罗·迦蓝在路上休息时，有五百辆车从他身边经过，但他既没有看见也没有听见。当时有个人走在车队后面，来到阿罗罗·迦蓝处问：'尊者，您看见五百辆车经过吗？''没有看见。''那您听见声音了吗？''没有听见。''您是在睡觉吗？''不是在睡觉。''您是有意识的吗？''是的。'

那人惊叹道：'真是奇妙啊！真是不可思议啊！出家人能保持如此平静的状态，在清醒的状态下既看不见也听不见五百辆车经过。尊者，您的衣服上都沾满了尘土。'阿罗罗·迦蓝回答说：'是的。'于是那人对阿罗罗·迦蓝生起了极大的信心后离去。"

世尊说："布库沙，你觉得哪个更难、更不可思议：一个清醒的人看不见也听不见五百辆车经过，还是一个清醒的人在天降大雨、电闪雷鸣时看不见也听不见呢？"

"世尊，五百辆车算什么，就算六百辆、七百辆、八百辆、九百辆、一千辆甚至十万辆车又算得了什么？比起一个清醒的人在天降大雨、电闪雷鸣时看不见也听不见，那真是太难太不可思议了。"

世尊说："布库沙，有一次我在阿图玛的麦秸堆里住。那时天降大雨，电闪雷鸣，有两个农夫兄弟和四头牛被雷击死。阿图玛城的许多人都跑去看。

那时我从麦秸堆里出来，在门外空地上经行。有个人从人群中过来，向我礼敬后站在一旁。我问他：'这么多人聚在一起干什么？'

他回答说：'世尊，刚才天降大雨，电闪雷鸣，两个农夫兄弟和四头牛被雷击死，人们都来看这个。世尊刚才在哪里？''我就在这里。''您看见什么了吗？''没有看见。''您听见声音了吗？''没有听见。''您是在睡觉吗？''不是在睡觉。''您是有意识的吗？''是的。'

那人感叹道：'真是奇妙啊！真是不可思议啊！出家人能保持如此平静的状态，在天降大雨、电闪雷鸣时既看不见也听不见。'他对我生起了极大的信心，礼敬、右绕后离去。"

布库沙听了这话说："我对阿罗罗·迦蓝的信心，就像被大风吹散或被急流冲走一样。太殊胜了，世尊！太殊胜了，世尊！就像扶起倒下的东西，揭开遮蔽的东西，为迷路者指路，在黑暗中举起油灯，让有眼之人能够看见。世尊以种种方便开示教导了佛法。我皈依佛，皈依法，皈依僧。愿世尊接受我为优婆塞，从今日起终生皈依！"

布库沙叫来一个侍者说："去给我拿一套金色光亮的衣服来。"侍者答应说："是的，尊者。"就去取来那套金色光亮的衣服。布库沙把衣服献给世尊说："世尊，这是一套金色光亮的衣服，请世尊慈悲接受。"

世尊说："布库沙，那就给我穿一件，给阿难穿一件。"布库沙答应说："是的，世尊。"于是他给世尊穿一件，给阿难穿一件。世尊为布库沙说法，开示、教导、鼓励、令他欢喜。布库沙听法欢喜后，起身礼敬、右绕后离去。

布库沙离开不久，阿难把那件金色衣服披在世尊身上。奇妙的是，金色衣服披在世尊身上竟然失去了光泽。阿难说："真是奇妙啊，世尊！真是不可思议啊，世尊！世尊的肤色多么清净明亮，这件金色衣服披在世尊身上竟然显得暗淡无光。"

世尊说："确实如此，阿难。如来的身体在两个时候会特别清净明亮：一是在证得无上正等正觉的那一夜，二是在入无余涅槃的那一夜。阿难，今天后夜，在拘尸那罗城末罗族的沙罗双树间，如来将要入涅槃。来吧，阿难，我们去迦枳河。"阿难回答说："是的，世尊。"

偈颂说：

"布库沙献上金色衣，

牟尼身披如金光耀。"

于是世尊与众多比丘一起来到迦枳河。到达后，世尊下到河中，沐浴并饮水，然后上岸来到芒果园。世尊对准陀比丘说："准陀，请为我四折叠袈裟，我疲倦了想躺下。"准陀回答说："是的，世尊。"于是四折叠袈裟。

世尊右胁而卧，作狮子卧姿，两脚相叠，具念正知，作意醒觉想。而准陀就坐在世尊面前。

偈颂说：

"佛陀来到迦枳河，

水清凉甜且澄净。

导师无倦入河中，

如来世间无与等。

沐浴饮水后上岸，

导师行于僧众中。

世间导师说正法，

大仙来到芒果园。

召唤准陀比丘说：

铺开四折衣我卧。

准陀受教速铺开，

导师无倦即安卧，

准陀静坐于其前。"

然后世尊对阿难说："阿难，或许有人会让铁匠子纯陀生起后悔，说：'纯陀啊，你真是不幸，你真是得到恶果，如来食用了你最后供养的食物就入涅槃了。'阿难，你应该这样帮纯陀消除后悔：'纯陀啊，你真是有福，你真是得到善果，如来食用了你最后供养的食物就入涅槃了。我亲自从世尊那里听说，有两次供养的功德和果报是相等的，比其他供养更有大果报、大利益。哪两次呢？一次是如来食用供养后证得无上正等正觉，一次是如来食用供养后入无余涅槃。通过这两次供养，纯陀积集了长寿、美貌、快乐、名声、天界和领导统治的善业。'阿难，你应该这样帮纯陀消除后悔。"

于是世尊知道这件事的意义后，当时说出这个偈颂：

"布施能增长功德，自制能止息怨仇，

善者能舍弃恶业，灭尽贪嗔痴得寂。"

【这是第四诵分】

【双树：】

然后世尊对阿难说："来吧，阿难，我们去希连河对岸，去拘尸那罗城末罗族的沙罗园。"阿难回答说："是的，世尊。"于是世尊与众多比丘来到希连河对岸，去拘尸那罗城末罗族的沙罗园。到达后，世尊对阿难说："阿难，请在双沙罗树间为我准备一张床，头朝北方。我疲倦了，想躺下。"阿难回答说："是的，世尊。"于是在双沙罗树间准备了一张床，头朝北方。世尊右胁而卧，作狮子卧姿，两脚相叠，具念正知。

那时，双沙罗树非时开花，花瓣纷纷落在如来身上，散布、覆盖如来身体，以供养如来。天上的曼陀罗花和檀香粉也从空中落下，散布、覆盖如来身体。天上的乐器奏起音乐，天上响起歌声，都是为了供养如来。

然后世尊对阿难说："阿难，这双沙罗树非时开花，花瓣纷纷落在如来身上，散布、覆盖如来身体，以供养如来。天上的曼陀罗花和檀香粉从空中落下，天上的乐器奏起音乐，天上响起歌声。但这并不是真正的尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供养如来。阿难，如果有比丘、比丘尼、优婆塞、优婆夷能依法而行，随法而行，行于正道，这才是真正的尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供养如来，是最高的供养。因此，阿难，你们应当依法而行，随法而行，行于正道。阿难，你们应当这样学习。"

【优波摩那长老：】

那时，长老优波摩那站在世尊面前为世尊扇凉。世尊让他离开说："比丘，请走开，不要站在我面前。"阿难心想："这位优波摩那长老长期侍奉世尊，亲近世尊，现在世尊在最后时刻却让他走开，说'比丘，请走开，不要站在我面前'，这是什么原因呢？"

于是阿难问世尊："世尊，这位优波摩那长老长期侍奉世尊，亲近世尊，为什么世尊让他走开呢？"

世尊说："阿难，十方世界的诸天都来见如来。方圆十二由旬内，没有一处不被大威德的诸天所充满。诸天在抱怨说：'我们从远方来见如来。如来出现在世间是很稀有的事。今天后夜，如来就要入涅槃了。这位有大神通力的比丘站在世尊面前挡住了我们，我们在最后时刻看不见如来了。'"

阿难问："世尊，这些天神是什么样的？"

世尊说："阿难，有些天神住在空中但认为是在地上，他们散发头发痛哭，举手号泣，扑倒在地，打滚哀号：'如来太快入涅槃了！善逝太快入涅槃了！世间的法眼太快消失了！'

有些天神住在地上但认为是在地上，他们也是散发头发痛哭，举手号泣，扑倒在地，打滚哀号：'如来太快入涅槃了！善逝太快入涅槃了！世间的法眼太快消失了！'

但那些已离贪欲的天神，他们具念正知地忍受着：'诸行无常，这怎么可能得到呢？'"

【四个令人震撼的圣地：】

阿难说："世尊，以前比丘们在各地度过雨季后，都来见如来。我们得以见到这些令人尊敬的比丘，得以亲近他们。但世尊般涅槃后，我们就再也不能见到这些令人尊敬的比丘，不能亲近他们了。"

世尊说："阿难，有信仰的善男子应该去朝拜四个令人震撼的圣地。哪四个呢？

一是'如来诞生之处'，这是信者应该去朝拜的令人震撼的圣地。

二是'如来成就无上正等正觉之处'，这是信者应该去朝拜的令人震撼的圣地。

三是'如来转无上法轮之处'，这是信者应该去朝拜的令人震撼的圣地。

四是'如来入无余涅槃之处'，这是信者应该去朝拜的令人震撼的圣地。

"将来会有信仰的比丘、比丘尼、优婆塞、优婆夷前来这些地方，说：'这是如来诞生之处'，'这是如来成就无上正等正觉之处'，'这是如来转无上法轮之处'，'这是如来入无余涅槃之处'。阿难，凡是在朝圣途中以虔诚之心死去的人，他们死后都会往生善趣天界。"

【阿难的问题：】

阿难问："世尊，我们应该如何对待女性？"

"不要看她们，阿难。"

"世尊，如果看见了该怎么办？"

"不要和她们说话，阿难。"

"世尊，如果必须说话该怎么办？"

"阿难，要保持正念。"

阿难又问："世尊，我们应该如何处理如来的遗体？"

"阿难，你们不要操心如来遗体的供养。请你们努力追求真谛，精进地、专注地、热诚地追求真谛。阿难，有智慧的刹帝利、婆罗门、居士都深信如来，他们会处理如来遗体的供养。"

"世尊，但应该如何处理如来的遗体呢？"

"阿难，应该像处理转轮圣王的遗体那样处理如来的遗体。"

"世尊，如何处理转轮圣王的遗体呢？"

"阿难，人们用新布包裹转轮圣王的遗体，然后用棉絮包裹，再用新布包裹，如此重复五百次。然后将遗体放入盛满香油的铁棺中，再用另一个铁棺盖住，建造一个由各种香料组成的火葬堆，火化转轮圣王的遗体。然后在四衢道口建造塔庙。阿难，这就是处理转轮圣王遗体的方法。应该用同样的方式处理如来的遗体，在四衢道口建造塔庙。任何人在那里供养花、香，或致敬，或使内心清净，都将长久获得利益和快乐。"

【应建塔庙的人：】

"阿难，有四种人应该建塔庙。哪四种？

一是如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者应该建塔庙；

二是辟支佛应该建塔庙；

三是如来的声闻弟子应该建塔庙；

四是转轮圣王应该建塔庙。

为什么如来应该建塔庙呢？因为当人们看到'这是如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者的塔庙'时，内心会生起清净。他们因此内心清净，身坏命终后，将往生善趣、天界。这就是为什么如来应该建塔庙。"

"为什么辟支佛应该建塔庙呢？因为当人们看到'这是辟支佛的塔庙'时，内心会生起清净。他们因此内心清净，身坏命终后，将往生善趣、天界。这就是为什么辟支佛应该建塔庙。

为什么如来的声闻弟子应该建塔庙呢？因为当人们看到'这是如来声闻弟子的塔庙'时，内心会生起清净。他们因此内心清净，身坏命终后，将往生善趣、天界。这就是为什么如来的声闻弟子应该建塔庙。

为什么转轮圣王应该建塔庙呢？因为当人们看到'这是正法之王的塔庙'时，内心会生起清净。他们因此内心清净，身坏命终后，将往生善趣、天界。这就是为什么转轮圣王应该建塔庙。这就是四种应该建塔庙的人。"

【阿难的稀有法：】

这时，阿难进入精舍，靠在门闩上哭泣着说："我还是个有学道的人，还需要努力，而我的导师就要入涅槃了，他曾那么慈悲地对待我。"

世尊问比丘们说："比丘们，阿难在哪里？"

比丘们回答说："世尊，阿难进入精舍，靠在门闩上哭泣着说：'我还是个有学道的人，还需要努力，而我的导师就要入涅槃了，他曾那么慈悲地对待我。'"

"阿难，有四种人应当建塔供养。是哪四种呢？如来、应供、正等正觉者应当建塔供养；辟支佛应当建塔供养；如来的声闻弟子应当建塔供养；转轮圣王应当建塔供养。"

"阿难，为什么如来、应供、正等正觉者应当建塔供养呢？因为许多人会想：'这是世尊、应供、正等正觉者的塔。'他们对此生起净信之心，身坏命终后，将往生善趣、天界。阿难，这就是如来、应供、正等正觉者应当建塔供养的原因。"

"阿难，为什么辟支佛应当建塔供养呢？因为许多人会想：'这是辟支佛的塔。'他们对此生起净信之心，身坏命终后，将往生善趣、天界。阿难，这就是辟支佛应当建塔供养的原因。"

"阿难，为什么如来的声闻弟子应当建塔供养呢？因为许多人会想：'这是世尊、应供、正等正觉者的声闻弟子的塔。'他们对此生起净信之心，身坏命终后，将往生善趣、天界。阿难，这就是如来的声闻弟子应当建塔供养的原因。"

"阿难，为什么转轮圣王应当建塔供养呢？因为许多人会想：'这是如法的法王之塔。'他们对此生起净信之心，身坏命终后，将往生善趣、天界。阿难，这就是转轮圣王应当建塔供养的原因。这就是阿难，四种应当建塔供养的人。"

【阿难不可思议法：】

这时，尊者阿难进入精舍，倚靠门柱哭泣着，说："我还是个有学，尚需努力修行，而我的导师即将入灭，他对我有大慈悲啊！"这时佛陀问比丘们："阿难在哪里？"他们回答说："尊者阿难进入精舍，倚靠门柱哭泣着，说：'我还是个有学，尚需努力修行，而我的导师即将入灭，他对我有大慈悲啊！'"

于是世尊叫一位比丘："去，比丘，以我的名义告诉阿难：'导师召唤你。'"那位比丘回答："是，世尊"，就去告诉阿难。阿难回答："好的"，就去见佛陀。见到佛陀后，顶礼后坐在一旁。

世尊对坐在一旁的阿难说："够了，阿难，不要悲伤，不要哀叹。我不是早就告诉过你吗？一切可爱、可意的事物都会有离别、分散、变异。怎么可能得到'已生、已有、有为、必坏之法，愿它不要毁坏'这样的事呢？这是不可能的。阿难，你长久以来以慈爱、利益、安乐、无二、无量的身业、语业、意业侍奉如来。阿难，你已经作了善业，现在要精进修行，不久就能断尽烦恼。"

然后世尊对比丘们说："诸比丘，过去的阿罗汉、正等正觉者也都有如阿难这样的侍者。未来的阿罗汉、正等正觉者也都将有如阿难这样的侍者。诸比丘，阿难是智者，他知道什么时候适合比丘们来见如来，什么时候适合比丘尼们来见，什么时候适合优婆塞来见，什么时候适合优婆夷来见，什么时候适合国王、大臣、外道和外道弟子们来见。"

"诸比丘，阿难有四种不可思议的稀有法。是哪四种呢？

如果比丘众来见阿难，见到他就欢喜；如果阿难为他们说法，他们听了也欢喜；比丘众虽未满足，但阿难就此止住。

如果比丘尼众来见阿难，见到他就欢喜；如果阿难为她们说法，她们听了也欢喜；比丘尼众虽未满足，但阿难就此止住。

如果优婆塞众来见阿难，见到他就欢喜；如果阿难为他们说法，他们听了也欢喜；优婆塞众虽未满足，但阿难就此止住。

如果优婆夷众来见阿难，见到他就欢喜；如果阿难为她们说法，她们听了也欢喜；优婆夷众虽未满足，但阿难就此止住。

诸比丘，这就是阿难的四种不可思议的稀有法。"

"诸比丘，转轮圣王也有四种不可思议的稀有法。是哪四种呢？

如果刹帝利众来见转轮圣王，见到他就欢喜；如果转轮圣王说话，他们听了也欢喜；刹帝利众虽未满足，但转轮圣王就此止住。

如果婆罗门众...如果居士众...如果沙门众来见转轮圣王，见到他就欢喜；如果转轮圣王说话，他们听了也欢喜；沙门众虽未满足，但转轮圣王就此止住。

同样地，诸比丘，阿难也有这四种不可思议的稀有法。

如果比丘众来见阿难...如果比丘尼众...如果优婆塞众...如果优婆夷众来见阿难，见到他就欢喜；如果阿难说法，他们听了也欢喜；虽然众人未满足，但阿难就此止住。

诸比丘，这就是阿难的四种不可思议的稀有法。"

【大善见王经的开示：】

当时阿难对世尊说："世尊，请不要在这个小镇、这个偏僻的城市、这个支城般涅槃。世尊，还有其他大城，如瞻波城、王舍城、舍卫城、娑鸡多城、拘睒弥城、波罗奈城。请世尊在那里般涅槃。在那里有许多信仰如来的富有的刹帝利、婆罗门和居士，他们会恭敬供养如来的舍利。"

世尊说："阿难，不要这么说。不要说'这是小镇、这是偏僻的城市、这是支城'。

世尊接着说："阿难，从前有一位名叫大善见的转轮圣王，他是一位如法的法王，统治四方，使国土安定，具足七宝。阿难，这个拘尸那罗城就是大善见王的都城，当时叫做拘舍婆提。这座都城东西长十二由旬，南北宽七由旬。

阿难，拘舍婆提都城非常繁荣、富庶、人口众多、食物丰足。就像天神们的阿拉卡曼陀城那样繁荣、富庶、天众众多、食物丰足，拘舍婆提都城也是如此。阿难，拘舍婆提都城日夜不断充满十种声音：象声、马声、车声、大鼓声、小鼓声、琵琶声、歌声、螺声、铙钹声，以及'吃呀！喝呀！嚼呀！'的第十种声音。"

"阿难，你去拘尸那罗城，告诉末罗族人：'婆塞德们，今夜最后一更，如来将要般涅槃。请你们前来，请你们前来。不要以后后悔说：'如来在我们的境内般涅槃，我们却没能在最后时刻见到如来。'"阿难回答说："是，世尊"，就穿好衣服，拿着钵和衣，和一位比丘一起进入拘尸那罗城。

【末罗族人的礼敬：】

当时，拘尸那罗的末罗族人正因某些事务聚集在议事堂。阿难来到末罗族人的议事堂，告诉他们说："婆塞德们，今夜最后一更，如来将要般涅槃。请你们前来，请你们前来。不要以后后悔说：'如来在我们的境内般涅槃，我们却没能在最后时刻见到如来。'"

末罗族人听到阿难的话后，他们和他们的儿子、媳妇、妻子都感到忧愁、苦恼、心中痛苦。有些人散乱着头发哭泣，举起双臂哭泣，扑倒在地，辗转反侧，说道："世尊太快般涅槃了！善逝太快般涅槃了！世间的慧眼太快隐没了！"

然后末罗族人和他们的儿子、媳妇、妻子，心怀悲伤、忧愁、痛苦，来到末罗族人的沙罗树园的乌跋跋塔那地方，来到阿难尊者处。阿难尊者心想："如果我让拘尸那罗的末罗族人一个个地礼敬世尊，这一夜就要过去了，末罗族人可能都来不及礼敬世尊。不如我按家族排列，让他们一家一家地礼敬世尊，说：'世尊，某某末罗族人携带儿子、妻子、随从、大臣，以头面礼敬世尊双足。'"于是阿难尊者就这样安排末罗族人按家族礼敬世尊。通过这种方式，阿难尊者在第一更时分就让所有拘尸那罗的末罗族人都礼敬了世尊。

【须跋陀的故事：】

当时，有一位名叫须跋陀的游方者住在拘尸那罗。须跋陀听说："今夜最后一更，沙门乔达摩将要般涅槃。"于是他想："我曾听老年游方者、长老、师尊们说：'如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者出现于世间是很稀有的。'今夜最后一更，沙门乔达摩将要般涅槃。我心中有一个疑问，我相信沙门乔达摩能为我说法，使我断除这个疑问。"

于是须跋陀来到沙罗树园，来到阿难尊者处说："阿难尊者，我曾听老年游方者、长老、师尊们说：'如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者出现于世间是很稀有的。'今夜最后一更，沙门乔达摩将要般涅槃。我心中有一个疑问，我相信沙门乔达摩能为我说法，使我断除这个疑问。请让我见沙门乔达摩。"

阿难回答说："够了，须跋陀贤友，不要打扰如来，世尊已经疲倦了。"须跋陀第二次、第三次请求，阿难都是同样地回绝。

世尊听到了阿难和须跋陀的对话，就对阿难说："阿难，不要阻止须跋陀，让他来见如来。须跋陀无论问我什么，都是为了求知，不是为了找麻烦。我对他的回答，他很快就会理解。"

于是阿难对须跋陀说："去吧，贤友须跋陀，世尊允许你了。"须跋陀就来到世尊处，与世尊互相问候，寒暄后坐在一旁。须跋陀对世尊说："乔达摩先生，那些有众多随从、教派领袖、知名的创教师，为众人所尊崇的沙门婆罗门，如富兰那·迦叶、末伽梨·瞿舍利、阿耆多·翅舍钦婆罗、波拘陀·迦旃延、散若耶·毗罗梨子、尼干陀·若提子，他们是否都如自己所说的那样已经证悟了？还是都没有证悟？或是有些证悟了，有些没有证悟？"

世尊说："够了，须跋陀，不要问他们是否都已证悟，或都未证悟，或有些证悟有些未证悟。我要为你说法，你要好好听，仔细思考。"须跋陀回答："是的，世尊。"

世尊说："须跋陀，在任何法律中，如果没有八正道，就不会有第一沙门果，也不会有第二沙门果，也不会有第三沙门果，也不会有第四沙门果。在任何法律中，如果有八正道，就会有第一沙门果，也会有第二沙门果，也会有第三沙门果，也会有第四沙门果。须跋陀，在这个法律中有八正道，因此这里有第一沙门果，这里有第二沙门果，这里有第三沙门果，这里有第四沙门果。其他外道的教法中没有真正的沙门。须跋陀，如果比丘们正确地生活，世间就不会缺少阿罗汉。

世尊继续说：

"须跋陀，我二十九岁时， 

为寻求善法而出家。

须跋陀，从我出家以来，

已经过了五十多年。

我在正法的领域中修行，

在此之外没有第一沙门。

没有第二沙门，没有第三沙门，也没有第四沙门。

其他外道的教法中没有真正的沙门。须跋陀，如果比丘们正确地生活，世间就不会缺少阿罗汉。"

听完这些话后，须跋陀对世尊说："太奇妙了，世尊！太奇妙了，世尊！就像有人扶起摔倒的东西，揭开遮蔽的东西，为迷路者指明道路，在黑暗中举着油灯，让有眼睛的人能看见东西。世尊以种种方便开示正法也是如此。世尊，我要皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧。我希望能在世尊座下出家，受具足戒。"

世尊说："须跋陀，如果从其他教派来的人想在此法律中出家、受具足戒，必须先观察四个月。四个月后，如果比丘们满意，就可以让他出家、受具足戒成为比丘。不过，我知道应该因人而异。"

须跋陀说："如果从其他教派来的人必须观察四个月才能出家、受具足戒，我愿意观察四年。四年后，如果比丘们满意，就让我出家、受具足戒成为比丘。"

于是世尊对阿难说："那么，阿难，你就让须跋陀出家吧。"阿难回答："是，世尊。"须跋陀对阿难说："阿难贤友，你们真是有福气！你们能在导师面前得到亲自授予弟子灌顶的殊荣！"

须跋陀在世尊座下得以出家，受具足戒。受戒不久后，尊者须跋陀独处静修，精进不懈，专心致志，不久就证得了"善男子正确地从在家到出家的目的"——那无上梵行的终极。他现世就亲自了知、证得并安住其中。他知道："生已尽，梵行已立，所作已办，不受后有。"这样，尊者须跋陀成为阿罗汉之一。他是世尊最后一位亲自教导的弟子。

【如来最后的教诲：】

然后，世尊对阿难说："阿难，你们可能会这样想：'导师的教法已经结束了，我们没有导师了。'但是，阿难，不应该这样想。我为你们所说的法和律，在我般涅槃后就是你们的导师。阿难，现在比丘们互相以'贤友'相称，但在我般涅槃后不应该这样。年长的比丘应该称呼年轻的比丘的名字或姓氏，或称'贤友'；年轻的比丘应该称呼年长的比丘为'大德'或'尊者'。阿难，如果僧团愿意，我般涅槃后可以废除细小戒。阿难，要对车匿比丘实行梵罚。"

阿难问："世尊，什么是梵罚？"

"阿难，让车匿比丘说什么就说什么，比丘们不要和他说话，不要教导他，不要劝告他。"

然后世尊对比丘们说："比丘们，如果你们中任何一位对佛、法、僧、道或修行方法有疑惑或犹豫，现在就问吧。不要以后后悔说：'导师就在我们面前，我们却没能当面请教。'"

说完这话，比丘们都保持沉默。

世尊第二次、第三次重复说这话，比丘们仍然保持沉默。

于是世尊对比丘们说："也许你们因为对导师的敬重而不敢问。那就让朋友对朋友说吧。"

说完这话，比丘们还是保持沉默。

这时，阿难对世尊说："世尊，真是不可思议！世尊，真是稀有！我深信这个比丘僧团中没有一个比丘对佛、法、僧、道或修行方法有疑惑或犹豫。"

世尊说："阿难，你是出于信心这样说，但如来知道在这个比丘僧团中确实没有一个比丘对佛、法、僧、道或修行方法有疑惑或犹豫。阿难，在这五百位比丘中，最后一位也已经是预流果者，不堕恶趣，必定证悟。"

然后世尊对比丘们说："现在，比丘们，我告诉你们：一切有为法都是无常的，你们要精进不懈！"

这是如来最后的言教。

【入灭的过程：】

然后世尊进入初禅，从初禅出来后进入二禅，从二禅出来后进入三禅，从三禅出来后进入四禅。从四禅出来后，进入空无边处定，从空无边处定出来后，进入识无边处定，从识无边处定出来后，进入无所有处定，从无所有处定出来后，进入非想非非想处定，从非想非非想处定出来后，进入想受灭定。

这时阿难对阿那律尊者说："阿那律尊者，世尊已经般涅槃了吗？"

阿那律回答说："不，阿难贤友，世尊还没有般涅槃，他是入了想受灭定。"

然后世尊从想受灭定出来，进入非想非非想处定，从非想非非想处定出来，进入无所有处定，从无所有处定出来，进入识无边处定，从识无边处定出来，进入空无边处定，从空无边处定出来，进入四禅，从四禅出来，进入三禅，从三禅出来，进入二禅，从二禅出来，进入初禅，从初禅出来，又进入二禅，从二禅出来，进入三禅，从三禅出来，进入四禅。从四禅出来后，世尊立即般涅槃。

世尊般涅槃时，大地震动，令人恐惧，令人毛骨悚然。天鼓自鸣。世尊般涅槃时，梵天王说偈：

"世间一切生命，

终将舍弃身躯，

如此无与伦比的导师，

具足十力的如来、正觉者，

已入般涅槃。"

世尊般涅槃时，帝释天王说偈：

"诸行无常，

是生灭法，

生已还灭，

寂灭为乐。"

世尊般涅槃时，阿那律尊者说偈：

"心境安住的圣者，

已无呼吸往来，

不为动摇的牟尼，

安住于寂静中圆寂。

以不退却的心，

忍受着痛苦，

如灯火熄灭般，

他的心得到解脱。"

世尊般涅槃时，阿难尊者说偈：

"那是多么可怕的时刻，

那是多么令人毛骨悚然，

具足一切殊胜相好的正觉者，

进入般涅槃。"

世尊般涅槃时，那些还未离欲的比丘，有的举手哭泣，有的扑倒在地，辗转反侧，说："世尊太快般涅槃了！善逝太快般涅槃了！世间的慧眼太快隐没了！"而那些已经离欲的比丘，则保持正念与觉知，忍受着说："诸行无常，这怎么可能不如此呢？"

阿那律尊者对比丘们说："够了，贤友们，不要悲伤，不要哀叹。世尊不是早就告诉过我们：'一切可爱、可意的事物都会有离别、分散、变异'吗？贤友们，怎么可能得到'已生、已有、有为、必坏之法，愿它不要毁坏'这样的事呢？这是不可能的。贤友们，天神们在抱怨呢。"

比丘们问："尊者阿那律，天神们是什么样的心境？"

"阿难贤友，有些在空中的天神，执着地想，散乱着头发哭泣，举起双臂哭泣，扑倒在地，辗转反侧，说：'世尊太快般涅槃了！善逝太快般涅槃了！世间的慧眼太快隐没了！'

有些在地上的天神，执着地想，也是散乱着头发哭泣，举起双臂哭泣，扑倒在地，辗转反侧，说：'世尊太快般涅槃了！善逝太快般涅槃了！世间的慧眼太快隐没了！'

但那些已离欲的天神，他们保持正念与觉知，忍受着说：'诸行无常，这怎么可能不如此呢？'"

阿那律尊者和阿难尊者以法谈度过了余下的夜晚。

然后阿那律尊者对阿难说："去吧，阿难贤友，进入拘尸那罗城，告诉末罗族人：'婆塞德们，世尊已经般涅槃了，现在是你们认为适当的时候了。'"

阿难回答："是，尊者"，就在早晨穿好衣服，拿着钵和衣，和另一位比丘一起进入拘尸那罗城。

尊者阿那律告诉比丘们说："够了，诸友，不要悲伤，不要哀叹。诸友，世尊不是早就说过吗 - '一切可爱可意之物，必有别离、分散、变异。'诸友，怎能期望'凡是生起、存在、有为、必坏之法，愿它不要毁坏'呢？这是不可能的。诸友，天神们在抱怨。"

"尊者阿那律，您所见的是什么样的天神呢？"

阿那律回答说："阿难友，有些天神居住在空中却执著地想，他们散乱头发哭泣，举臂哭泣，扑倒在地，翻滚哭泣说：'世尊太快般涅槃了，善逝太快般涅槃了，世间的慧眼太快消失了。'有些天神居住在地上却执著地想，他们也是散乱头发哭泣，举臂哭泣，扑倒在地，翻滚哭泣说：'世尊太快般涅槃了，善逝太快般涅槃了，世间的慧眼太快消失了。'但那些已离贪欲的天神，他们具念正知地忍受着，想着：'诸行无常，这怎能如愿呢？'"

然后尊者阿那律和尊者阿难以法论度过了那夜剩余的时间。

接着，尊者阿那律对尊者阿难说："阿难友，你去拘尸那罗城，告诉拘尸那罗的末罗人：'诸位婆塞德，世尊已经般涅槃了，现在你们认为是时候了。'"

阿难回答说："是的，尊者。"于是在清晨时分，他穿好衣服，拿着钵和衣，带着一位比丘进入拘尸那罗城。

那时，拘尸那罗的末罗人正在集会堂集会处理事务。阿难走到集会堂，告诉末罗人说："诸位婆塞德，世尊已经般涅槃了，现在你们认为是时候了。"

末罗人听到这个消息后，末罗子、末罗媳妇、末罗妻子们都悲痛欲绝，有的散乱头发哭泣，举臂哭泣，扑倒在地，翻滚哭泣说："世尊太快般涅槃了，善逝太快般涅槃了，世间的慧眼太快消失了。"

【佛陀遗体供养】

这时，拘尸那罗的末罗人命令他们的仆人说："那么，你们去收集拘尸那罗城中所有的香料、花环和所有的乐器。"于是拘尸那罗的末罗人带着香料、花环、所有的乐器和五百对布料，来到末罗人的娑罗树林乌巴瓦塔那，来到世尊的遗体前。他们用歌舞、音乐、花环、香料来供养、尊重、恭敬、礼拜世尊的遗体，搭建帐幕，设置圆形帐篷，这样度过了一天。

然后拘尸那罗的末罗人想："今天火化世尊的遗体时间太晚了，明天我们再火化世尊的遗体吧。"于是拘尸那罗的末罗人用歌舞、音乐、花环、香料来供养、尊重、恭敬、礼拜世尊的遗体，搭建帐幕，设置圆形帐篷，这样又度过了第二天、第三天、第四天、第五天、第六天。

到了第七天，拘尸那罗的末罗人想："我们用歌舞、音乐、花环、香料来供养、尊重、恭敬、礼拜世尊的遗体，将从城南绕城而行，然后在城外南方火化世尊的遗体。"

当时，八位末罗族首领沐浴头部，穿上新衣，想要抬起世尊的遗体，但却抬不动。于是拘尸那罗的末罗人问尊者阿那律说："尊者阿那律，是什么原因、什么条件，使得这八位沐浴头部、穿上新衣的末罗族首领想要抬起世尊的遗体却抬不动呢？"

"诸位婆塞德，你们的想法和天神们的想法不同。"

"尊者，天神们的想法是怎样的呢？"

"诸位婆塞德，你们的想法是：'我们用歌舞、音乐、花环、香料来供养、尊重、恭敬、礼拜世尊的遗体，将从城南绕城而行，然后在城外南方火化世尊的遗体。'但是天神们的想法是：'我们用天界的歌舞、音乐、花环、香料来供养、尊重、恭敬、礼拜世尊的遗体，将从城北绕行，从北门入城，经过城中心，从东门出城，在城东末罗人的摩古塔班达那塔庙那里火化世尊的遗体。'"

"尊者，就依天神们的想法去做吧。"

这时，整个拘尸那罗城，直到垃圾堆和十字路口，都铺满了齐膝深的曼陀罗花。然后天神们和拘尸那罗的末罗人用天界和人间的歌舞、音乐、花环、香料来供养、尊重、恭敬、礼拜世尊的遗体，从城北绕行，从北门入城，经过城中心，从东门出城，在城东末罗人的摩古塔班达那塔庙那里安放世尊的遗体。

然后拘尸那罗的末罗人问尊者阿难说："尊者阿难，我们应该如何处理如来的遗体？"

"诸位婆塞德，应该像处理转轮圣王的遗体那样处理如来的遗体。"

"尊者阿难，应该如何处理转轮圣王的遗体呢？"

"诸位婆塞德，人们用新布包裹转轮圣王的遗体，用新布包裹后再用轧棉包裹，用轧棉包裹后再用新布包裹。用这种方法用五百层布包裹转轮圣王的遗体后，放入盛满油的铁棺中，再用另一个铁棺盖住，用各种香料建造火葬堆，然后火化转轮圣王的遗体。在四衢道口为转轮圣王建造佛塔。诸位婆塞德，这就是处理转轮圣王遗体的方法。应该用同样的方法处理如来的遗体，在四衢道口为如来建造佛塔。在那里，凡是供养花、香、涂香，或者礼拜，或者生起净信之心的人，都将长久获得利益和安乐。"

于是拘尸那罗的末罗人命令仆人说："那么，去收集末罗人的轧棉。"

然后拘尸那罗的末罗人用新布包裹世尊的遗体，用新布包裹后再用轧棉包裹，用轧棉包裹后再用新布包裹。用这种方法用五百层布包裹世尊的遗体后，放入盛满油的铁棺中，再用另一个铁棺盖住，用各种香料建造火葬堆，然后将世尊的遗体放上火葬堆。

【摩诃迦叶长老事缘】

这时，尊者摩诃迦叶正和五百位比丘一起从波婆城往拘尸那罗城赶路。尊者摩诃迦叶离开大路，在一棵树下休息。那时，有一位阿耆婆外道从拘尸那罗拿着曼陀罗花往波婆城去。尊者摩诃迦叶远远地看见这位阿耆婆外道走来，就问他说："朋友，你认识我们的导师吗？"

"是的，朋友，我认识。沙门乔达摩已经涅槃七天了。我这朵曼陀罗花就是从那里得来的。"听到这个消息，那些还没有离欲的比丘，有的举臂哭泣，扑倒在地，翻滚哭泣说："世尊太快般涅槃了，善逝太快般涅槃了，世间的慧眼太快消失了。"但那些已经离欲的比丘，他们具念正知地忍受着，想着："诸行无常，这怎能如愿呢？"

那时，一位名叫须跋陀的年老出家者坐在那群人中。须跋陀对比丘们说："够了，朋友们，不要悲伤，不要哀叹。我们已经摆脱了那位大沙门。他总是烦扰我们说：'这个适合你们，这个不适合你们。'现在我们想做什么就可以做什么，不想做什么就可以不做。"

于是尊者摩诃迦叶对比丘们说："够了，朋友们，不要悲伤，不要哀叹。世尊不是早就说过吗：'一切可爱可意之物，必有别离、分散、变异。'朋友们，怎能期望'凡是生起、存在、有为、必坏之法，如来的身体怎能不毁坏呢？'这是不可能的。"

这时，四位末罗族首领沐浴头部，穿上新衣，说："我们要点燃世尊的火葬堆"，但却点不着。于是拘尸那罗的末罗人问尊者阿那律说："尊者阿那律，是什么原因、什么条件，使得这四位沐浴头部、穿上新衣的末罗族首领想要点燃世尊的火葬堆却点不着呢？"

"诸位婆塞德，这是因为天神们的想法不同。"

"尊者，天神们的想法是怎样的呢？"

"诸位婆塞德，天神们的想法是：'这位尊者摩诃迦叶正和五百位比丘一起从波婆城往拘尸那罗城赶来。在尊者摩诃迦叶还没有用头礼敬世尊的双足之前，世尊的火葬堆不会燃起。'"

"尊者，就依天神们的想法去做吧。"

于是尊者摩诃迦叶来到拘尸那罗的摩古塔班达那塔庙，来到世尊的火葬堆前。他把衣服偏袒右肩，合掌，绕火葬堆三匝，然后在世尊足处以头面礼。那五百位比丘也把衣服偏袒右肩，合掌，绕火葬堆三匝，然后在世尊足处以头面礼。当尊者摩诃迦叶和五百位比丘礼拜完毕后，世尊的火葬堆自行燃起。

当世尊的遗体被火化时，无论是表皮、皮肤、肌肉、筋腱还是体液，都既看不到灰烬，也看不到煤渣，只剩下舍利。就像燃烧酥油或油时，既看不到灰烬，也看不到煤渣；同样地，当世尊的遗体被火化时，无论是表皮、皮肤、肌肉、筋腱还是体液，都既看不到灰烬，也看不到煤渣，只剩下舍利。在那五百层布中，只有最里层和最外层的布没有烧毁。

世尊的遗体火化完毕后，从天空中降下水流熄灭了火葬堆。水井中也涌出水来熄灭了火葬堆。拘尸那罗的末罗人也用各种香水熄灭了火葬堆。然后末罗人将世尊的舍利安置在集会堂中七天，用矛作栅栏围绕，用弓箭作围墙环绕，用歌舞、音乐、花环、香料来供养、尊重、恭敬、礼拜。

【舍利分配】

摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子听说："据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"于是摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说："世尊是刹帝利，我也是刹帝利，我也应该得到世尊舍利的一份，我也要为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。"

毗舍离的离车人听说："据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"于是毗舍离的离车人派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说："世尊是刹帝利，我们也是刹帝利，我们也应该得到世尊舍利的一份，我们也要为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。"

迦毗罗卫的释迦族人听说："据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"于是迦毗罗卫的释迦族人派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说："世尊是我们最尊贵的亲族，我们也应该得到世尊舍利的一份，我们也要为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。"

阿拉卡帕的布利族人听说："据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"于是阿拉卡帕的布利族人派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说："世尊是刹帝利，我们也是刹帝利，我们也应该得到世尊舍利的一份，我们也要为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。"

罗摩村的拘利族人听说："据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"于是罗摩村的拘利族人派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说："世尊是刹帝利，我们也是刹帝利，我们也应该得到世尊舍利的一份，我们也要为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。"

毗迭他岛的婆罗门听说："据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"于是毗迭他岛的婆罗门派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说："世尊是刹帝利，我是婆罗门，我也应该得到世尊舍利的一份，我也要为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。"

波婆城的末罗人听说："据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"于是波婆城的末罗人派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说："世尊是刹帝利，我们也是刹帝利，我们也应该得到世尊舍利的一份，我们也要为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。"

当这样说时，拘尸那罗的末罗人对这些团体说："世尊在我们的领地般涅槃，我们不会给出世尊舍利的任何部分。"

当这样说时，婆罗门东那对这些团体说：

"请听我说一句话，

我们的佛陀教导忍辱，

为了最尊贵的人的舍利而争斗，

这是不好的。

让我们大家一起和谐团结，

欢喜地将舍利分成八份。

让佛塔广布于各方，

让众多的人对具眼者生起信心。"

"那么，婆罗门，请你将世尊的舍利平等地分成八份。"

"是的，好的。"婆罗门东那答应了这些团体的请求，将世尊的舍利平等地分成八份，然后对这些团体说："请把这个量器给我，我也要为这量器建造佛塔和举行大庆典。"他们就把量器给了婆罗门东那。

毗婆利伐那的摩利耶人听说："据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"于是毗婆利伐那的摩利耶人派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说："世尊是刹帝利，我们也是刹帝利，我们也应该得到世尊舍利的一份，我们也要为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。"

"已经没有世尊舍利的份额了，世尊的舍利已经分完了。你们可以从这里带走火葬堆的余烬。"于是他们就带走了火葬堆的余烬。

【舍利塔的供养】

然后摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子在王舍城为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。毗舍离的离车人在毗舍离为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。迦毗罗卫的释迦族人在迦毗罗卫为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。

阿拉卡帕的布利族人在阿拉卡帕为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。罗摩村的拘利族人在罗摩村为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。毗迭他岛的婆罗门在毗迭他岛为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。波婆城的末罗人在波婆城为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。拘尸那罗的末罗人在拘尸那罗为世尊的舍利建造佛塔和举行大庆典。婆罗门东那为量器建造佛塔和举行大庆典。毗婆利伐那的摩利耶人在毗婆利伐那为余烬建造佛塔和举行大庆典。这样，有八座舍利塔，第九座是量器塔，第十座是余烬塔。这就是过去所发生的事。

具眼者的舍利共八斗，七斗在阎浮提受供养，

最上士的一斗，在罗摩村为龙王所供养。

一颗牙齿在三十三天受供养，一颗在健陀罗城受供养，

一颗在迦陵伽王国受供养，另一颗为龙王所供养。

由于他的威德，这大地上

以殊胜的供养之处而庄严。

如此这具眼者的舍利，

受到尊重者的善加尊重。

受到天王、龙王、人王的供养，

同样也受到最胜人王的供养。

你们应当合掌礼敬，

因为佛陀实在百劫难遇啊！

四十颗牙齿，以及所有的毛发，

天神们各取一份，遍布于轮围世界。

《般涅槃大经》第三篇完。

巴利语原版经文

DN.16/(3) Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

　　 131. Evaṃ me sutaṃ– ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo hoti. So evamāha– “ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmi vajjī”ti.

　　 132. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi– “ehi tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’ti. Evañca vadehi– ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha– “ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’”ti. Yathā te bhagavā byākaroti, taṃ sādhukaṃ uggahetvā mama āroceyyāsi. Na hi tathāgatā vitathaṃ bhaṇantī”ti.

Vassakārabrāhmaṇo

　　 133. “Evaṃ, bho”ti kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi rājagahamhā niyyāsi, yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchati. Rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha– ‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’”ti.

Rāja-aparihāniyadhammā

　　 134. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’ti? “Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante– ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā”ti. “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’ti? “Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante– ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī”ti. “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’”ti? “Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante– ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’”ti. “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, “vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’”ti? “Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante– ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’”ti. “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’”ti? “Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante– ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’”ti. “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’”ti? “Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante– ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’”ti. “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyun’”ti? “Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyun’”ti. “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā bhavissati, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyunti. Vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti.

　　 135. Atha kho bhagavā vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi– “ekamidāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṃ vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade cetiye. Tatrāhaṃ vajjīnaṃ ime satta aparihāniye dhamme desesiṃ. Yāvakīvañca, brāhmaṇa, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu vajjī sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, brāhmaṇa, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti.

　　 Evaṃ vutte, vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “ekamekenapi, bho gotama, aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṃ vajjīnaṃ vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni Ko pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi. Akaraṇīyāva, bho gotama, vajjī raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṃ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā. Handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bho gotama, gacchāma bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. “Yassadāni tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kālaṃ maññasī”ti. Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Bhikkhu-aparihāniyadhammā

　　 136. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī”ti.

　　 Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi– “satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca–

　　 “Yāvakīvañca bhikkhave, bhikkhū abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā saṅghakaraṇīyāni karissanti vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya ponobbhavikāya na vasaṃ gacchissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṃ upaṭṭhapessanti– ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu vihareyyun’ti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 137. “Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca–

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na kammārāmā bhavissanti na kammaratā na kammārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na bhassārāmā bhavissanti na bhassaratā na bhassārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na niddārāmā bhavissanti na niddāratā na niddārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na saṅgaṇikārāmā bhavissanti na saṅgaṇikaratā na saṅgaṇikārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpicchā bhavissanti na pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpamittā bhavissanti na pāpasahāyā na pāpasampavaṅkā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na oramattakena visesādhigamena antarāvosānaṃ āpajjissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 138. “Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi …pe… “yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti …pe… hirimanā bhavissanti… ottappī bhavissanti… bahussutā bhavissanti… āraddhavīriyā bhavissanti… upaṭṭhitassatī bhavissanti… paññavanto bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 139. “Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca–

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti …pe… dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.

　　 140. “Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca–

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aniccasaññaṃ bhāvessanti …pe… anattasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… asubhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… ādīnavasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… pahānasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… virāgasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… nirodhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 141. “Cha, vo bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca–

　　 “Yāvakīvañca bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti …pe… mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī bhavissanti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāni kāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññūpasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā, niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

　　 “Yāvakīvañca bhikkhave, ime cha aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca chasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti.

　　 142. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharanto gijjhakūṭe pabbate etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti– “iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ– kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.

　　 143. Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “āyāmānanda, yena ambalaṭṭhikā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena ambalaṭṭhikā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharati rājāgārake. Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharanto rājāgārake etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti– “iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ– kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.

　　 144. Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “āyāmānanda, yena nāḷandā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nāḷandā tadavasari, tatra sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharati pāvārikambavane

Sāriputtasīhanādo

　　 145. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiyan”ti. “Uḷārā kho te ayaṃ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiyan’ti.

　　 “Kiṃ te, sāriputta, ye te ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā– ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’”ti? “No hetaṃ, bhante”.

　　 “Kiṃ pana te, sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā– ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī’”ti? “No hetaṃ, bhante”.

　　 “Kiṃ pana te, sāriputta, ahaṃ etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito– “evaṃsīlo bhagavā itipi evaṃdhammo evaṃpañño evaṃvihārī evaṃvimutto bhagavā itipī’”ti? “No hetaṃ, bhante”.

　　 “Ettha ca hi te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ natthi. Atha kiñcarahi te ayaṃ, sāriputta, uḷārā āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito– ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiyan’”ti?

　　 146. “Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ atthi, api ca me dhammanvayo vidito. Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṃ nagaraṃ daḷhuddhāpaṃ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṃ ekadvāraṃ, tatrassa dovāriko paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivāretā ñātānaṃ pavesetā. So tassa nagarassa samantā anupariyāyapathaṃ anukkamamāno na passeyya pākārasandhiṃ vā pākāravivaraṃ vā, antamaso biḷāranikkhamanamattampi. Tassa evamassa – ‘ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṃ nagaraṃ pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te imināva dvārena pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā’ti. Evameva kho me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito – ‘ye te, bhante, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā sattabojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhiṃsu. Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissanti. Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’”ti.

　　 147. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharanto pāvārikambavane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti– “iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ– kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.

Dussīla-ādīnavā

　　 148. Atha kho bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “āyāmānanda, yena pāṭaligāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā– “bhagavā kira pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto”ti. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ– “adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā āvasathāgāran”ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ āvasathāgāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ– “sabbasantharisanthataṃ, bhante, āvasathāgāraṃ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito; yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī”ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ. Nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantameva purakkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.

　　 149. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi– “pañcime, gahapatayo, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati– yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ– avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

Sīlavantta-ānisaṃsā

　　 150. “Pañcime gahapatayo, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati– yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā”ti.

　　 151. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi– “abhikkantā kho, gahapatayo, ratti, yassadāni tumhe kālaṃ maññathā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi.

Pāṭaliputtanagaramāpanaṃ

　　 152. Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Tena samayena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhanti. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “ke nu kho, ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpentī”ti ? “Sunidhavassakārā, bhante, magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyā”ti. “Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devehi tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā, evameva kho, ānanda, sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Idhāhaṃ, ānanda, addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ ānanda, padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yāvatā, ānanda, ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṃ agganagaraṃ bhavissati pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭabhedanaṃ Pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti– aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā”ti.

　　 153. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ– “adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā yena sako āvasatho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesuṃ– “kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan”ti.

　　 Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṃ magadhamahāmattānaṃ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesuṃ sampavāresuṃ. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi–

　　 “Yasmiṃ padese kappeti, vāsaṃ paṇḍitajātiyo;

　　 Sīlavantettha bhojetvā, saññate brahmacārayo.

　　 “Yā tattha devatā āsuṃ, tāsaṃ dakkhiṇamādise;

　　 Tā pūjitā pūjayanti, mānitā mānayanti naṃ.

　　 “Tato naṃ anukampanti, mātā puttaṃva orasaṃ;

　　 Devatānukampito poso, sadā bhadrāni passatī”ti.

　　 Atha kho bhagavā sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

　　 154. Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti– “yenajja samaṇo gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati, taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma bhavissati. Yena titthena gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ tarissati, taṃ gotamatitthaṃ nāma bhavissatī”ti. Atha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā yena gaṅgā nadī tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā. Appekacce manussā nāvaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce kullaṃ bandhanti apārā, pāraṃ gantukāmā. Atha kho bhagavā– seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Addasā kho bhagavā te manusse appekacce nāvaṃ pariyesante appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesante appekacce kullaṃ bandhante apārā pāraṃ gantukāme. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi–

　　 “Ye taranti aṇṇavaṃ saraṃ, setuṃ katvāna visajja pallalāni.

　　 Kullañhi jano bandhati, tiṇṇā medhāvino janā”ti.

　　 Paṭhamabhāṇavāro.

Ariyasaccakathā

　　 155. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – “āyāmānanda, yena koṭigāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena koṭigāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi–

　　 “Catunnaṃ bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Dukkhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhasamudayassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthidāni punabbhavo”ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā–

　　 “Catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ, yathābhūtaṃ adassanā;

　　 Saṃsitaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ, tāsu tāsveva jātisu.

　　 Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, bhavanetti samūhatā;

　　 Ucchinnaṃ mūlaṃ dukkhassa, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti.

　　 Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti– “iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ– kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.

Anāvattidhammasambodhiparāyaṇā

　　 156. Atha kho bhagavā koṭigāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “āyāmānanda, yena nātikā tenupaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nātikā tadavasari. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Nandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sudatto nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? Kukkuṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kāḷimbo nāma, bhante, upāsako …pe… nikaṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako… kaṭissaho nāma, bhante, upāsako… tuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… santuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… bhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako… subhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo”ti?

　　 157. “Sāḷho, ānanda, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissati. Sujātā, ānanda, upāsikā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. Kukkuṭo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Kāḷimbo, ānanda, upāsako …pe… nikaṭo, ānanda, upāsako… kaṭissaho ānanda, upāsako… tuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako … santuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako… bhaddo, ānanda, upāsako… subhaddo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā Paropaññāsaṃ, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni, ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.

Dhammādāsadhammapariyāyā

　　 158. “Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṅkareyya. Tasmiṃyeva kālaṅkate tathāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti.

　　 159. “Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya– ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti?

　　 “Idhānanda ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti– ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti.

　　 “Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti– ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.

　　 “Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti– ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti.

　　 “Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññūpasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.

　　 “Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’”ti.

　　 Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharanto giñjakāvasathe etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti–

　　 “Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ– kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.

　　 160. Atha kho bhagavā nātike yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “āyāmānanda, yena vesālī tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi–

　　 “Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī …pe… citte cittānupassī …pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti.

　　 “Kathañca bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī”ti.

Ambapālīgaṇikā

　　 161. Assosi kho ambapālī gaṇikā– “bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane”ti. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsi. Yena sako ārāmo tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

　　 Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī– “bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane”ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyiṃsu. Tatra ekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī lohitā honti lohitavaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi. Atha kho te licchavī ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ etadavocuṃ– “kiṃ, je ambapāli daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesī”ti? “Tathā hi pana me, ayyaputtā, bhagavā nimantito svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti. “Dehi, je ambapāli, etaṃ bhattaṃ satasahassenā”ti. “Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dassatha, evamahaṃ taṃ bhattaṃ na dassāmī”ti. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ– “jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā”ti.

　　 Atha kho te licchavī yena ambapālivanaṃ tena pāyiṃsu. Addasā kho bhagavā te licchavī dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi– “yesaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ devā tāvatiṃsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ; apaloketha, bhikkhave licchaviparisaṃ; upasaṃharatha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ– tāvatiṃsasadisan”ti. Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ– “adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti. Atha kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca– “adhivutthaṃ kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhattan”ti. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ– “jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā”ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.

　　 162. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi– “kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan”ti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “imāhaṃ, bhante, ārāmaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī”ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharanto ambapālivane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti “iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ– kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.

Veḷuvagāmavassūpagamanaṃ

　　 163. Atha kho bhagavā ambapālivane yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “āyāmānanda, yena veḷuvagāmako tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena veḷuvagāmako tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā veḷuvagāmake viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi– “etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upetha. Ahaṃ pana idheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchāmī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Bhagavā pana tattheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchi.

　　 164. Atha kho bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi– “na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parinibbāyeyyaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihareyyan”ti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. Atha kho bhagavato so ābādho paṭipassambhi. Atha kho bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā vihārā nikkhamma vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “diṭṭho me, bhante, bhagavato phāsu; diṭṭhaṃ me, bhante, bhagavato khamanīyaṃ, api ca me, bhante, madhurakajāto viya kāyo. Disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṃ na paṭibhanti bhagavato gelaññena, api ca me, bhante, ahosi kācideva assāsamattā – ‘na tāva bhagavā parinibbāyissati, na yāva bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharatī’”ti.

　　 165. “Kiṃ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati? Desito, ānanda, mayā dhammo anantaraṃ abāhiraṃ karitvā. Natthānanda, tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariyamuṭṭhi. Yassa nūna, ānanda, evamassa– ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, na evaṃ hoti– ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā. Sakiṃ, ānanda, tathāgato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharissati. Ahaṃ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo-anuppatto. Āsītiko me vayo vattati. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṃ veṭhamissakena yāpeti, evameva kho, ānanda, veṭhamissakena maññe tathāgatassa kāyo yāpeti. Yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā ekaccānaṃ vedanānaṃ nirodhā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṃ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti. Tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā. Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu …pe… citte …pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo Ye hi keci, ānanda, etarahi vā mama vā accayena attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, tamatagge me te, ānanda, bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhākāmā”ti.

　　 Dutiyabhāṇavāro.

Nimittobhāsakathā

　　 166. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – “gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṃ, yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

　　 167. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca– “ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā”ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci– “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā …pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – “ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā”ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ na bhagavantaṃ yāci– “tiṭṭhatu bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.

Mārayācanakathā

　　 168. Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā– ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānī karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

　　 “Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā– ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

　　 “Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā– ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsakā bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni bhante, bhagavato.

　　 “Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā– ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

　　 “Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā– ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhaṃ ceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitan’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhaṃ ceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato”ti

　　 Evaṃ vutte bhagavā māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca– “appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī”ti.

Āyusaṅkhāra-ossajjanaṃ

　　 169. Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossaji. Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso , devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi–

　　 “Tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni;

　　 Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhavan”ti.

Mahābhūmicālahetu

　　 170. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi– “acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, mahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā”ti?

　　 Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, mahā vatāyaṃ, bhante, bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho, bhante hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā”ti?

　　 171. “Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Katame aṭṭha? Ayaṃ, ānanda, mahāpathavī udake patiṭṭhitā, udakaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ, vāto ākāsaṭṭho. Hoti kho so, ānanda, samayo, yaṃ mahāvātā vāyanti. Mahāvātā vāyantā udakaṃ kampenti. Udakaṃ kampitaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto, devo vā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo, tassa parittā pathavīsaññā bhāvitā hoti, appamāṇā āposaññā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti saṅkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti. Ayaṃ dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto tusitakāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchismā nikkhamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajjati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

　　 “Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā”ti.

Aṭṭha parisā

　　 172. “Aṭṭha kho imā, ānanda, parisā. Katamā aṭṭha? Khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā, tāvatiṃsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā. Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda anekasataṃ khattiyaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti– ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti– ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, anekasataṃ brāhmaṇaparisaṃ …pe… gahapatiparisaṃ… samaṇaparisaṃ… cātumahārājikaparisaṃ… tāvatiṃsaparisaṃ… māraparisaṃ… brahmaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti– ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti– ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Imā kho, ānanda, aṭṭha parisā.

Aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni

　　 173. “Aṭṭha kho imāni, ānanda, abhibhāyatanāni. Katamāni aṭṭha Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

　　 “Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

　　 “Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

　　 “Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

　　 “Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma umāpupphaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

　　 “Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma kaṇikārapupphaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

　　 “Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma bandhujīvakapupphaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

　　 “Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma osadhitārakā odātā odātavaṇṇā odātanidassanā odātanibhāsā. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ odātaṃ odātavaṇṇaṃ odātanidassanaṃ odātanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ Imāni kho, ānanda, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni.

Aṭṭha vimokkhā

　　 174. “Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, vimokkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati, ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokkho. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, ayaṃ dutiyo vimokkho. Subhanteva adhimutto hoti, ayaṃ tatiyo vimokkho. Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ catuttho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ pañcamo vimokkho. Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo vimokkho. Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkho. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha vimokkhā.

　　 175. “Ekamidāhaṃ ānanda, samayaṃ uruvelāyaṃ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ Etadavoca– ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti. Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ–

　　 “‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

　　 “‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

　　 “‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

　　 “‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

　　 “‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitan’ti.

　　 176. “Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca– ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā– “na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti …pe… yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti …pe… yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti …pe… yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti …pe… yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitan”ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.

　　 177. “Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ– ‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye tathāgatena satena sampajānena āyusaṅkhāro ossaṭṭho”ti.

Ānandayācanakathā

　　 178. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti.

　　 “Alaṃdāni, ānanda. Mā tathāgataṃ yāci, akālodāni, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yācanāyā”ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando …pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti.

　　 “Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa bodhin”ti? “Evaṃ, bhante”. “Atha kiñcarahi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ abhinippīḷesī”ti? “Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ– ‘yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. So ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’”ti. “Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānandā”ti? “Evaṃ, bhante”. “Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ tathāgatena evaṃ oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci– ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

　　 179. “Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo, ānanda, gijjhakūṭo pabbato. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci– ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

　　 180. “Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ tattheva rājagahe viharāmi gotamanigrodhe …pe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi corapapāte… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi tapodārāme… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi jīvakambavane… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi maddakucchismiṃ migadāye tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ– ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo gijjhakūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo gotamanigrodho, ramaṇīyo corapapāto, ramaṇīyā vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhā, ramaṇīyā isigilipasse kāḷasilā, ramaṇīyo sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro ramaṇīyo tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo veḷuvane kalandakanivāpo, ramaṇīyaṃ jīvakambavanaṃ, ramaṇīyo maddakucchismiṃ migadāyo. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā …pe… ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci– ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

　　 181. “Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi udene cetiye. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ– ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci– ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya, tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

　　 182. “Ekamidāhaṃ ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi gotamake cetiye …pe… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sattambe cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi bahuputte cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade cetiye… idāneva kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye āmantesiṃ– ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci– ‘tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

　　 183. “Nanu etaṃ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo. Taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā, yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’. Yaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena cattaṃ vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ ossaṭṭho āyusaṅkhāro, ekaṃsena vācā bhāsitā– ‘na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Tañca tathāgato jīvitahetu puna paccāvamissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Āyāmānanda, yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

　　 Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca “sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī”ti.

　　 184. Atha kho bhagavā yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi– “tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ye te mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, te vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame ca te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ– cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime kho te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti.

　　 185. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi– “handadāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādetha. Naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī”ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā.–

　　 “Paripakko vayo mayhaṃ, parittaṃ mama jīvitaṃ;

　　 Pahāya vo gamissāmi, kataṃ me saraṇamattano.

　　 “Appamattā satīmanto, susīlā hotha bhikkhavo;

　　 Susamāhitasaṅkappā, sacittamanurakkhatha.

　　 “Yo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye, appamatto vihassati;

　　 Pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ, dukkhassantaṃ karissatī”ti.

　　 Tatiyo bhāṇavāro.

Nāgāpalokitaṃ

　　 186. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto nāgāpalokitaṃ vesāliṃ apaloketvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “idaṃ pacchimakaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa vesāliyā dassanaṃ bhavissati. Āyāmānanda, yena bhaṇḍagāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

　　 Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhaṇḍagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi– “catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Ariyassa, bhikkhave, sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyaṃ sīlaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā–

　　 “Sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca, vimutti ca anuttarā;

　　 Anubuddhā ime dhammā, gotamena yasassinā.

　　 “Iti buddho abhiññāya, dhammamakkhāsi bhikkhunaṃ;

　　 Dukkhassantakaro satthā, cakkhumā parinibbuto”ti.

　　 Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti– “iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ– kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.

Catumahāpadesakathā

　　 187. Atha kho bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “āyāmānanda, yena hatthigāmo, yena ambagāmo, yena jambugāmo, yena bhoganagaraṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhoganagaraṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānande cetiye. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi– “cattārome, bhikkhave, mahāpadese desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. “Evaṃ bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca–

　　 188. “Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya– ‘sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsanan’ti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ– ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno duggahitan’ti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ– ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno suggahitan’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

　　 “Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya– ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. Tassa me saṅghassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsanan’ti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ– ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa duggahitan’ti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ– ‘addhā idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa suggahitan’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

　　 “Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya– ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā. Tesaṃ me therānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ– ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsanan’ti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ …pe… na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ– ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ duggahitan’ti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni …pe… vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ suggahitan’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

　　 “Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya– ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ– ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsanan’ti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāritabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ– ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa duggahitan’ti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ca sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ– ‘addhā idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa suggahitan’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mahāpadese dhāreyyāthā”ti.

　　 Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharanto ānande cetiye etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti– “iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ– kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.

Kammāraputtacundavatthu

　　 189. Atha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “āyāmānanda, yena pāvā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāvā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane. Assosi kho cundo kammāraputto– “bhagavā kira pāvaṃ anuppatto, pāvāyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane”ti. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

　　 Atha kho cundo kammāraputto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañca sūkaramaddavaṃ bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi– “kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan”ti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi– “yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena maṃ parivisa. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhagavantaṃ parivisi. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisi. Atha kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi– “yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇāhi. Nāhaṃ taṃ, cunda, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yassa taṃ paribhuttaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

　　 190. Atha kho bhagavato cundassa kammāraputtassa bhattaṃ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, lohitapakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “āyāmānanda, yena kusinārā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

　　 Cundassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā, kammārassāti me sutaṃ;

　　 Ābādhaṃ samphusī dhīro, pabāḷhaṃ māraṇantikaṃ.

　　 Bhuttassa ca sūkaramaddavena, byādhippabāḷho udapādi satthuno.

　　 Virecamāno bhagavā avoca, gacchāmahaṃ kusināraṃ nagaranti.

Pānīyāharaṇaṃ

　　 191. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – “iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nisīdissāmī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī”ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītī karissatī”ti.

　　 Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī”ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītīkarissatī”ti.

　　 Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṃ gahetvā yena sā nadikā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi– “acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Ayañhi sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatī”ti. Pattena pānīyaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Idāni sā bhante nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha. Pivatu bhagavā pānīyaṃ pivatu sugato pānīyan”ti. Atha kho bhagavā pānīyaṃ apāyi.

Pukkusamallaputtavatthu

　　 192. Tena rokho[kho-PTS] pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, santena vata, bhante, pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhante āḷāro kālāmo addhānamaggappaṭippanno maggā okkamma avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Atha kho, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ nissāya nissāya atikkamiṃsu. Atha kho, bhante, aññataro puriso tassa sakaṭasatthassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchanto yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavoca– ‘api, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasan’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosin’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosin’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosi; apisu te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. Atha kho, bhante, tassa purisassa etadahosi– ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti! Āḷāre kālāme uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā pakkāmī”ti.

　　 193. “Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, pukkusa, katamaṃ nu kho dukkarataraṃ vā durabhisambhavataraṃ vā– yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyya; yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā”ti? “Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni, sakaṭasahassaṃ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṃ vā. Atha kho etadeva dukkarataraṃ ceva durabhisambhavatarañca yo saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā”ti.

　　 “Ekamidāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayaṃ ātumāyaṃ viharāmi bhusāgāre. Tena kho pana samayena deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā avidūre bhusāgārassa dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā. Atha kho, pukkusa, ātumāya mahājanakāyo nikkhamitvā yena te dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho panāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayena bhusāgārā nikkhamitvā bhusāgāradvāre abbhokāse caṅkamāmi. Atha kho, pukkusa, aññataro puriso tamhā mahājanakāyā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho ahaṃ, pukkusa, taṃ purisaṃ etadavocaṃ– ‘kiṃ nu kho eso, āvuso, mahājanakāyo sannipatito’ti? ‘Idāni bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā. Ettheso mahājanakāyo sannipatito. Tvaṃ pana, bhante, kva ahosī’ti? ‘Idheva kho ahaṃ, āvuso, ahosin’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasan’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosin’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosin’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosī’ti? “Evamāvuso”ti?

　　 “Atha kho, pukkusa, purisassa etadahosi– ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti. Mayi uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmī”ti.

　　 Evaṃ vutte pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “esāhaṃ, bhante, yo me āḷāre kālāme pasādo taṃ mahāvāte vā ophuṇāmi sīghasotāya vā nadiyā pavāhemi. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti.

　　 194. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi– “iṅgha me tvaṃ, bhaṇe, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āharā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āhari. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi– “idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ, taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā”ti. “Tena hi, pukkusa, ekena maṃ acchādehi, ekena ānandan”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṃ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṃ mallaputtaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

　　 195. Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmesi. Taṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya khāyati. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, yāva parisuddho, bhante, tathāgatassa chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya khāyatī”ti. “Evametaṃ, ānanda, evametaṃ, ānanda dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Katamesu dvīsu? Yañca, ānanda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Imesu kho, ānanda, dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. “Ajja kho, panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Āyāmānanda, yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

　　 Siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ, pukkuso abhihārayi;

　　 Tena acchādito satthā, hemavaṇṇo asobhathāti.

　　 196. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkami upasaṅkamitvā kakudhaṃ nadiṃ ajjhogāhetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena ambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ cundakaṃ āmantesi– “iṅgha me tvaṃ, cundaka, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, cundaka, nipajjissāmī”ti.

　　 “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā cundako bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasikaritvā. Āyasmā pana cundako tattheva bhagavato purato nisīdi.

　　 Gantvāna buddho nadikaṃ kakudhaṃ,

　　 Acchodakaṃ sātudakaṃ vippasannaṃ.

　　 Ogāhi satthā akilantarūpo,

　　 Tathāgato appaṭimo ca loke.

　　 Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā,

　　 Purakkhato bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe.

　　 Vattā pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme,

　　 Upāgami ambavanaṃ mahesi.

　　 Āmantayi cundakaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ,

　　 Catugguṇaṃ santhara me nipajjaṃ.

　　 So codito bhāvitattena cundo,

　　 Catugguṇaṃ santhari khippameva.

　　 Nipajji satthā akilantarūpo,

　　 Cundopi tattha pamukhe nisīdīti.

　　 197. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – “siyā kho, panānanda, cundassa kammāraputtassa koci vippaṭisāraṃ uppādeyya– ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, alābhā tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto’ti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo– ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, lābhā tassa te suladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto. Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ– dve me piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā, ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Katame dve? Yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Ime dve piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Āyusaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, vaṇṇasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, sukhasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, yasasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, saggasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, ādhipateyyasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitan’ti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo”ti. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi–

　　 “Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati.

　　 Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ, rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto”ti.

　　 Catuttho bhāṇavāro.

Yamakasālā

　　 198. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – “āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nipajjissāmī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno.

　　 Tena kho pana samayena yamakasālā sabbaphāliphullā honti akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.

　　 199. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – “sabbaphāliphullā kho, ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Na kho, ānanda, ettāvatā tathāgato sakkato vā hoti garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā. Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati, paramāya pūjāya. Tasmātihānanda, dhammānudhammappaṭipannā viharissāma sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārinoti. Evañhi vo, ānanda, sikkhitabban”ti.

Upavāṇatthero

　　 200. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato purato ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāresi– “apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī”ti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi– “ayaṃ kho āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti– ‘apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti. Ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti– ‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti– “apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī”ti. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti– “apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī”ti? “Yebhuyyena, ānanda, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinitudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo. Devatā, ānanda, ujjhāyanti– ‘dūrā ca vatamha āgatā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ayañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṃ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’”ti.

　　 201. “Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī”ti? “Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti– ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhṃ-āyissatī’ti.

　　 “Santānanda, devatā pathaviyaṃ pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti– ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’”ti.

　　 “Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti– ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti.

Catusaṃvejanīyaṭṭhānāni

　　 202. “Pubbe bhante, disāsu vassaṃ vuṭṭhā bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Te mayaṃ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, labhāma payirupāsanāya. Bhagavato pana mayaṃ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā”ti.

　　 “Cattārimāni, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni. Katamāni cattāri? ‘Idha tathāgato jāto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitan’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Imāni kho ānanda, cattāri saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni.

　　 “Āgamissanti kho, ānanda, saddhā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo– ‘idha tathāgato jāto’tipi, ‘idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’tipi, ‘idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitan’tipi, ‘idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’tipi. Ye hi keci, ānanda, cetiyacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā pasannacittā kālaṅkarissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissantī”ti.

Ānandapucchākathā

　　 203. “Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, mātugāme paṭipajjāmā”ti? “Adassanaṃ, ānandā”ti. “Dassane, bhagavā, sati kathaṃ paṭipajjitabban”ti? “Anālāpo, ānandā”ti “Ālapantena pana, bhante, kathaṃ paṭipajjitabban”ti? “Sati, ānanda, upaṭṭhāpetabbā”ti.

　　 204. “Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā”ti? “Abyāvaṭā tumhe, ānanda, hotha tathāgatassa sarīrapūjāya. Iṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha, sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha. Santānanda, khattiyapaṇḍitāpi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitāpi gahapatipaṇḍitāpi tathāgate abhippasannā, te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī”ti.

　　 205. “Kathaṃ pana, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabban”ti? “Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabban”ti. “Kathaṃ pana, bhante, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī”ti? “Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etenupāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti Evaṃ kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya.

Thūpārahapuggalo

　　 206. “Cattārome, ānanda, thūpārahā. Katame cattāro? Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī thūpārahoti.

　　 “Kiñcānanda atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho.

　　 “Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato paccekasambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho.

　　 “Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakassa thūpo’ti ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho.

　　 “Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho. Ime kho, ānanda cattāro thūpārahā”ti.

Ānanda-acchariyadhammo

　　 207. Atha kho āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi– “ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako”ti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi– “kahaṃ nu kho, bhikkhave, ānando”ti? “Eso, bhante, āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito– ‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’”ti. Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi– “ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena ānandaṃ āmantehi ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’”ti. “Evaṃ bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – “satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī”ti. “Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca– “alaṃ, ānanda, mā soci mā paridevi, nanu etaṃ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ– ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’; taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Dīgharattaṃ kho te, ānanda, tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāyakammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacīkammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena manokammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena. Katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo”ti.

　　 208. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi– “yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando; medhāvī, bhikkhave, ānando. Jānāti ‘ayaṃ kālo tathāgataṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo bhikkhunīnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsakānaṃ ayaṃ kālo upāsikānaṃ, ayaṃ kālo rañño rājamahāmattānaṃ titthiyānaṃ titthiyasāvakānan’ti.

　　 209. “Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. Katame cattāro? Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce, ānando, dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.

　　 “Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi. Katame cattāro Sace, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā hoti. Atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Sace bhikkhave, brāhmaṇaparisā …pe… gahapatiparisā …pe… samaṇaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, samaṇaparisā hoti, atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Evameva Kho, bhikkhave, cattārome acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave bhikkhunīparisā …pe… upāsakaparisā …pe… upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande”ti.

Mahāsudassanasuttadesanā

　　 210. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – “mā, bhante, bhagavā imasmiṃ khuddakanagarake ujjaṅgalanagarake sākhānagarake parinibbāyi. Santi, bhante, aññāni mahānagarāni, seyyathidaṃ– campā rājagahaṃ sāvatthī sāketaṃ kosambī bārāṇasī; ettha bhagavā parinibbāyatu. Ettha bahū khattiyamahāsālā, brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatimahāsālā tathāgate abhippasannā. Te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī”ti “māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca; māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca– ‘khuddakanagarakaṃ ujjaṅgalanagarakaṃ sākhānagarakan’ti.

　　 “Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janappadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa ayaṃ kusinārā kusāvatī nāma rājadhānī ahosi, puratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvādasayojanāni āyāmena; uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca sattayojanāni vitthārena. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṃ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca; evameva kho, ānanda, kusāvatī rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā ceva rattiñca, seyyathidaṃ– hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena saṅkhasaddena sammasaddena pāṇitāḷasaddena ‘asnātha pivatha khādathā’ti dasamena saddena.

　　 “Gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi– ‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā, abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha– amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi.

Mallānaṃ vandanā

　　 211. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi– “ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha– ‘amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’”ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti– ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti. Atha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – “sace kho ahaṃ kosinārake malle ekamekaṃ bhagavantaṃ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpeyyaṃ– ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi– ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’”ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi.

Subhaddaparibbājakavatthu

　　 212. Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma paribbājako kusinārāyaṃ paṭivasati. Assosi kho subhaddo paribbājako– “ajja kira rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissatī”ti. Atha kho subhaddassa paribbājakassa etadahosi– “sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ– ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyyan’”ti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca– “sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ– ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno– evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyyan’ti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā”ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca– “alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā”ti. Dutiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako …pe… tatiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca– “sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ– ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno– evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyyan’ti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā”ti. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca– “alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā”ti.

　　 213. Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “alaṃ, ānanda, mā subhaddaṃ vāresi, labhataṃ, ānanda, subhaddo tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yaṃ kiñci maṃ subhaddo pucchissati, sabbaṃ taṃ aññāpekkhova pucchissati, no vihesāpekkho. Yaṃ cassāhaṃ puṭṭho byākarissāmi, taṃ khippameva ājānissatī”ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca– “gacchāvuso subhadda, karoti te bhagavā okāsan”ti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “yeme, bho gotama, samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa, seyyathidaṃ pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū”ti? “Alaṃ, subhadda, tiṭṭhatetaṃ– ‘sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’ti. Dhammaṃ te, subhadda, desessāmi; taṃ suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasikarohi, bhāsissāmī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca–

　　 214. “Yasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha na upalabbhati. Dutiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Tatiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Catutthopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Yasmiñca kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, tatiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, catutthopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati. Imasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, idheva, subhadda, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi. Ime ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assāti.

　　 “Ekūnatiṃso vayasā subhadda, yaṃ pabbajiṃ kiṃkusalānu-esī.

　　 Vassāni paññāsa samādhikāni, yato ahaṃ pabbajito subhadda.

　　 Ñāyassa dhammassa padesavattī, ito bahiddhā samaṇopi natthi.

　　 “Dutiyopi samaṇo natthi. Tatiyopi samaṇo natthi. Catutthopi samaṇo natthi. Suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi. Ime ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assā”ti.

　　 215. Evaṃ vutte subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti, evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampadan”ti. “Yo kho, subhadda, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Api ca mettha puggalavemattatā viditā”ti. “Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṃ ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṃ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṃ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā”ti.

　　 Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “tenahānanda, subhaddaṃ pabbājehī”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca– “lābhā vo, āvuso ānanda; suladdhaṃ vo, āvuso ānanda, ye ettha satthu sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā”ti. Alattha kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā subhaddo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva– ‘yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti’ tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro kho panāyasmā subhaddo arahataṃ ahosi. So bhagavato pacchimo sakkhisāvako ahosīti.

　　 Pañcamo bhāṇavāro.

Tathāgatapacchimavācā

　　 216. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – “siyā kho panānanda, tumhākaṃ evamassa– ‘atītasatthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, natthi no satthā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, ānanda, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā. Yathā kho panānanda, etarahi bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ āvusovādena samudācaranti, na kho mamaccayena evaṃ samudācaritabbaṃ. Theratarena, ānanda, bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā āvusovādena vā samudācaritabbo. Navakatarena bhikkhunā therataro bhikkhu ‘bhante’ti vā ‘āyasmā’ti vā samudācaritabbo. Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, saṅgho mamaccayena khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhanatu. Channassa, ānanda, bhikkhuno mamaccayena brahmadaṇḍo dātabbo”ti. “Katamo pana, bhante, brahmadaṇḍo”ti? “Channo, ānanda, bhikkhu yaṃ iccheyya, taṃ vadeyya. So bhikkhūhi neva vattabbo, na ovaditabbo, na anusāsitabbo”ti.

　　 217. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi– “siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha– ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’” nti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā …pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi– “siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha– ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’” nti. Tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi– “siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, satthugāravenapi na puccheyyātha. Sahāyakopi, bhikkhave, sahāyakassa ārocetū”ti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca– “acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe, ‘natthi ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā’”ti. “Pasādā kho tvaṃ, ānanda, vadesi, ñāṇameva hettha, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Natthi imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā. Imesañhi, ānanda, pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako bhikkhu, so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo”ti.

　　 218. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi– “handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā”ti. Ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.

Parinibbutakathā

　　 219. Atha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji. Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajji.

　　 Atha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca– “parinibbuto, bhante anuruddha bhagavā”ti. “Nāvuso ānanda, bhagavā parinibbuto, saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno”ti.

　　 Atha kho bhagavā saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā bhagavā parinibbāyi.

　　 220. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā brahmāsahampati imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi–

　　 “Sabbeva nikkhipissanti, bhūtā loke samussayaṃ;

　　 Yattha etādiso satthā, loke appaṭipuggalo.

　　 Tathāgato balappatto, sambuddho parinibbuto”ti.

　　 221. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā sakko devānamindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi–

　　 “Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, uppādavayadhammino;

　　 Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho”ti.

　　 222. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi–

　　 “Nāhu assāsapassāso, ṭhitacittassa tādino;

　　 Anejo santimārabbha, yaṃ kālamakarī muni.

　　 “Asallīnena cittena, vedanaṃ ajjhavāsayi;

　　 Pajjotasseva nibbānaṃ, vimokkho cetaso ahū”ti.

　　 223. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ānando imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi–

　　 “Tadāsi yaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ, tadāsi lomahaṃsanaṃ;

　　 Sabbākāravarūpete, sambuddhe parinibbute”ti.

　　 224. Parinibbute bhagavati ye te tattha bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti, “atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito”ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti– “aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā”ti.

　　 225. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho bhikkhū āmantesi – “alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ– ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati Devatā, āvuso, ujjhāyantī”ti. “Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī”ti?

　　 “Santāvuso ānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti– ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Santāvuso ānanda, devatā pathaviyā pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti– ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti– ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca ānando taṃ rattāvasesaṃ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmesuṃ.

　　 226. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi– “gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi– ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’”ti. “Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi– ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti– “atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito”ti.

Buddhasarīrapūjā

　　 227. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – “tena hi, bhaṇe, kusinārāyaṃ gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ sannipātethā”ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yena bhagavato sarīraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.

　　 Atha kho kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi– “ativikālo kho ajja bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpetuṃ, sve dāni mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā”ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, tatiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, catutthampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, pañcamampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.

　　 Atha kho sattamaṃ divasaṃ kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi– “mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā”ti.

　　 228. Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā “mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā”ti na sakkonti uccāretuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ– “ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’ti na sakkonti uccāretun”ti? “Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, tumhākaṃ adhippāyo, aññathā devatānaṃ adhippāyo”ti. “Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo”ti? “Tumhākaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo– ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti; devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo– ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti. “Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū”ti.

　　 229. Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṃkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā hoti. Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṃ nikkhipiṃsu.

　　 230. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavocuṃ– “kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante ānanda, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā”ti? “Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabban”ti. “Kathaṃ pana, bhante ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī”ti? “Rañño, vāseṭṭhā, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti Evaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ– “tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṃ vihataṃ kappāsaṃ sannipātethā”ti.

　　 Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṃ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṃ. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi bhagavato sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ citakaṃ āropesuṃ.

Mahākassapattheravatthu

　　 231. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ājīvako kusinārāya mandāravapupphaṃ gahetvā pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho āyasmā mahākassapo taṃ ājīvakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvā taṃ ājīvakaṃ etadavoca– “apāvuso, amhākaṃ satthāraṃ jānāsī”ti? “Āmāvuso, jānāmi, ajja sattāhaparinibbuto samaṇo gotamo. Tato me idaṃ mandāravapupphaṃ gahitan”ti. Tattha ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti– “atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito”ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti– “aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā”ti.

　　 232. Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma vuddhapabbajito tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho subhaddo vuddhapabbajito te bhikkhū etadavoca– “alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena. Upaddutā ca homa– ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti. Idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma, taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma, na taṃ karissāmā”ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – “alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ– ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī”ti.

　　 233. Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā– “mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā”ti na sakkonti āḷimpetuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ– “ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā– ‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetun”ti? “Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, devatānaṃ adhippāyo”ti. “Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo”ti? “Devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo– ‘ayaṃ āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Na tāva bhagavato citako pajjalissati, yāvāyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato pāde sirasā na vandissatī’”ti. “Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū”ti.

　　 234. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. Tānipi kho pañcabhikkhusatāni ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṃsu. Vandite ca panāyasmatā mahākassapena tehi ca pañcahi bhikkhusatehi sayameva bhagavato citako pajjali.

　　 235. Jhāyamānassa kho pana bhagavato sarīrassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Seyyathāpi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati, na masi; evameva bhagavato sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Tesañca pañcannaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṃsu yañca sabba-abbhantarimaṃ yañca bāhiraṃ. Daḍḍhe ca kho pana bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udakadhārā pātubhavitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Udakasālatopi abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṃ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṃ karitvā dhanupākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṃsu garuṃ kariṃsu mānesuṃ pūjesuṃ.

Sarīradhātuvibhājanaṃ

　　 236. Assosi kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto– “bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto”ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi– “bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampi khattiyo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī”ti.

　　 Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī– “bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto”ti. Atha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ– “bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.

　　 Assosuṃ kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā– “bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto”ti. Atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ– “bhagavā amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭho mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.

　　 Assosuṃ kho allakappakā bulayo – “bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto”ti. Atha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ– “bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti

　　 Assosuṃ kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā– “bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto”ti. Atha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ– “bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.

　　 Assosi kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo– “bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto”ti. Atha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi– “bhagavāpi khattiyo ahaṃ pismi brāhmaṇo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī”ti.

　　 Assosuṃ kho pāveyyakā mallā– “bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto”ti. Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ– “bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.

　　 Evaṃ vutte kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṃ– “bhagavā amhākaṃ gāmakkhette parinibbuto, na mayaṃ dassāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgan”ti.

　　 237. Evaṃ vutte doṇo brāhmaṇo te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca–

　　 “Suṇantu bhonto mama ekavācaṃ,

　　 Amhāka. Buddho ahu khantivādo.

　　 Na hi sādhu yaṃ uttamapuggalassa,

　　 Sarīrabhāge siyā sampahāro.

　　 Sabbeva bhonto sahitā samaggā,

　　 Sammodamānā karomaṭṭhabhāge.

　　 Vitthārikā hontu disāsu thūpā,

　　 Bahū janā cakkhumato pasannā”ti.

　　 238. “Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, tvaññeva bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ savibhattaṃ vibhajāhī”ti. “Evaṃ, bho”ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṃ saṅghānaṃ gaṇānaṃ paṭissutvā bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajitvā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca – “imaṃ me bhonto tumbaṃ dadantu ahampi tumbassa thūpañca mahañca karissāmī”ti. Adaṃsu kho te doṇassa brāhmaṇassa tumbaṃ.

　　 Assosuṃ kho pippalivaniyā moriyā– “bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto”ti. Atha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ– “bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti. “Natthi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgo, vibhattāni bhagavato sarīrāni. Ito aṅgāraṃ harathā”ti. Te tato aṅgāraṃ hariṃsu.

Dhātuthūpapūjā

　　 239. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto rājagahe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Vesālikāpi licchavī vesāliyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kapilavatthuvāsīpi sakyā kapilavatthusmiṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Rāmagāmakāpi koḷiyā rāmagāme bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Veṭṭhadīpakopi brāhmaṇo veṭṭhadīpe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Doṇopi brāhmaṇo tumbassa thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pippalivaniyāpi moriyā pippalivane aṅgārānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Iti aṭṭha sarīrathūpā navamo tumbathūpo dasamo aṅgārathūpo. Evametaṃ bhūtapubbanti.

　　 240. Aṭṭhadoṇaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ, sattadoṇaṃ jambudīpe mahenti.

　　 Ekañca doṇaṃ purisavaruttamassa, rāmagāme nāgarājā maheti.

　　 Ekāhi dāṭhā tidivehi pūjitā, ekā pana gandhārapure mahīyati.

　　 Kāliṅgarañño vijite punekaṃ, ekaṃ pana nāgarājā maheti.

　　 Tasseva tejena ayaṃ vasundharā,

　　 Āyāgaseṭṭhehi mahī alaṅkatā.

　　 Evaṃ imaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ,

　　 Susakkataṃ sakkatasakkatehi.

　　 Devindanāgindanarindapūjito

　　 Manussindaseṭṭhehi tatheva pūjito.

　　 Taṃ vandatha pañjalikā labhitvā,

　　 Buddho have kappasatehi dullabhoti.

　　 Cattālīsa samā dantā, kesā lomā ca sabbaso;

　　 Devā hariṃsu ekekaṃ, cakkavāḷaparamparāti.

　　 Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.